owner`s manual - Genesis Owners Homepage

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at
the time of publication. However, Genesis Branded
Vehicle reserves the right to make changes at any
time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle
models and includes descriptions and explanations
of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that
does not apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such
modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE
INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted
two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the
radio manufacturer’s instructions or consult your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
CAUTION
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
F2
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could
result in vehicle damage.
Introduction
Genesis Branded Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy
Your Genesis Branded vehicle may be equipped with technologies and
services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle
has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the
GenesisMotorsUSA.com website at:
http://www.genesismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy
Policy, please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care representatives are available Monday through
Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday
and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and
3:00 PM PST.
F3
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing the Genesis Branded Vehicle.
We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of distinguished people who drive the Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the
advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Genesis
Branded Vehicle we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your
new Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis
Branded Vehicle, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended
to familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can
safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance
safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products. Retailers of Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide
high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle,
and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with
important operating, safety and maintenance information.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of
poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded
Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and
lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2017 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted
in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis
Customer Care.
F4
Introduction
GUIDE TO GENESIS/HYUNDAI PARTS
1. What are Genesis/Hyundai
Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability to our
customers.
In addition, any damage to or failure of Genesis/Hyundai Part
caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage part is not covered by any
Genesis
Branded
Vehicle
Warranty.
■ Type A
■ Type A
ODH027034
■ Type B
ODH027037
■ Type B
ODH027035
ODH027036
2. Why should you use Genesis/
Hyundai Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage
caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not
covered under the Genesis
Branded New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing
Genesis/Hyundai
Parts?
Look for the Genesis/Hyundai
Parts Logo on the package.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are only
sold through an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
■ Type A
ODH027033
■ Type B
ODH027032
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview
of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front
of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of
Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of
the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page
number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page
edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual
provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This
information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well
as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these
hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure
to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to
avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the
signal words DANGER,
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
F6
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result
in vehicle damage.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
3.3 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use
methanol blended fuels)
5.0 engine
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved
vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2)
of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended. (Do not use
methanol blended fuels.)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add
any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has
been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
F7
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are
being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For
example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in
poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to
the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine
resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
F8
Introduction
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as
MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission
control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help
prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run
cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more
information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website
(www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based
fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added
to the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
F9
Introduction
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental
safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do
not use unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine
sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, we recommend you to purchase Genesis/Hyundai Part to replace an exterior
amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the
exterior amplifiers.
F10
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain
lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
F11
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this
vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
F12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Multimedia system
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview (Front) ..........................................................1-2
Exterior Overview (Rear)............................................................1-3
Interior Overview .........................................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview (l) ...................................................1-5
Instrument Panel Overview (ll) ..................................................1-6
Engine Compartment ...................................................................1-7
1
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI016001N
1. Hood.....................................................3-47
6. Sunroof.................................................3-44
2. Headlamp.............................................7-71
7. Front windshield wiper blades..............7-31
3. Daytime Running Light (DRL)...3-107, 7-71
8. Windows...............................................3-40
4. Tires and wheels...........................7-37, 8-8
9. Towing hook .........................................6-25
5. Outer side view mirror..........................3-37
1-2
01
■ Rear view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI016002
2. Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
6. Defroster
/Glass antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121, 4-2
3. Rear combination lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
7. Combination antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4. Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
8. Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
5. High mounted stop lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
9. Towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
1. Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI016003
1. Door lock/unlock button..........................3-11
2. Seat position memory system ...............3-15
11. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button ...........................................5-37
3. Outer side view mirror folding button .....3-38
12. Fuel filler door release button ..............3-57
4. Outer side view mirror control switch.....3-38
13. Trunk release button.............................3-48
/Power trunk main control button .........3-49
5. Power window lock switch......................3-43
6. Central door lock switch .........................3-11
7. Power window switches .........................3-40
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ......................................................3-61
9. Blind spot detection system button........5-50
10. Lane keeping assist system button......5-73
1-4
14. Electronic parking brake (EPB)
switch....................................................5-26
15. Hood release lever ...............................3-47
16. Steering wheel tilt/telescope control ....3-18
17. Steering wheel......................................3-17
18. Seat adjustment switch ..........................2-5
01
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI016004
1. Instrument cluster...................................3-60
12. Automatic transmission ........................5-11
2. Horn........................................................3-19
13. Multi-view camera system..................3-116
3. Driver’s front air bag ...............................2-59
14. Parking assist system ........................3-117
4. Engine Start/Stop button..........................5-7
15. Auto hold ..............................................5-31
5. DIS navigation system .............................4-4
6. Climate control system.........................3-140
16. Drive mode integrated control
system ..................................................5-44
7. Clock.....................................................3-149
17. Seat warmers and coolers ...................2-28
8. Hazard warning flasher ............................6-2
18. Heated steering wheel button ..............3-18
9. Passenger’s front air bag .......................2-59
19. Rear curtain folding button.................3-151
10. Driver’s knee air bag ............................2-59
20. Center control panel...............................4-4
11. Glove box ...........................................3-143
21. Center console storage......................3-142
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI016005N
1. Audio remote control buttons................4-3
4. Light control / Turn signals lever .......3-101
2. Bluetooth® wireless technology
hands-free button..................................4-4
5. Wiper and washer control lever ........3-114
3. Paddle shifter (manual mode).............5-15
7. Advanced smart cruise control switch..5-80
1-6
6. LCD display control.............................3-86
01
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OHI076002N
1. Engine coolant reservoir.....................7-24
6. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-23
2. Radiator cap .......................................7-25
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .......7-28
3. Brake fluid reservoir............................7-27
8. Fuse box .............................................7-55
4. Air cleaner...........................................7-29
9. Jumper terminal ....................................6-6
5. Engine oil dipstick ...............................7-22
1-7
Safety system of
your vehicle
Important Safety Precautions ....................................................2-3
Always Wear Your Seat Belt .....................................................................2-3
Restrain All Children....................................................................................2-3
Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................................................2-3
Driver Distraction.........................................................................................2-3
Control Your Speed .....................................................................................2-4
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ......................................................2-4
Seats ..............................................................................................2-5
Safety Precautions ......................................................................................2-7
Front Seats ....................................................................................................2-8
Rear Seats ...................................................................................................2-14
Additional Switches for Adjusting the Front Passenger Seat........2-17
VIP Seat Mode Switches..........................................................................2-18
Head Restraints..........................................................................................2-23
Seat Warmers and Coolers......................................................................2-28
Seat Belts ....................................................................................2-32
Seat Belt Safety Precautions .................................................................2-32
Seat Belt Warning Light...........................................................................2-33
Seat Belt Restraint System .....................................................................2-34
Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)......................................................................2-41
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions .............................................2-42
Care of Seat Belts .....................................................................................2-44
Child Restraint System ..............................................................2-45
Children Always in the Rear ...................................................................2-45
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)............................................2-46
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................2-48
2
Safety system of
your vehicle
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...........2-57
2
Where Are the Air Bags? ........................................................................2-59
How Does the Air Bags System Operate? ..........................................2-63
What to Expect after an Air Bag Inflates ...........................................2-67
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................................................2-68
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?...................................2-74
SRS Care ......................................................................................................2-80
Additional Safety Precautions................................................................2-81
Air Bag Warning Labels............................................................................2-82
02
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this
manual. The safety precautions in
this section are among the most
important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and shorter adults are at the greatest
risk of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array of
potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use. NEVER
text or email while driving. Most
states have laws prohibiting drivers
from texting. Some states and
cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road
to always drive safely, with your
hands on the wheel as well as your
eyes and attention on the road.
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
2-4
02
SEATS
OHI036001N
Front seat
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward
/Seat cushion tilt adjustment
/Seat cushion height adjustment
(2) Seat cushion length adjustment
(3) Seatback angle adjustment
(4) Lumbar support adjustment
(5) Seat bolster adjustment*
(6) Seat position memory system
(7) Head restraint adjustment
(8) Shoulder adjustment*
(9) Seat warmer
/Seat cooler (by air)
(10) Seat sliding forward or rearward
/Seatback angle adjustment
(for front passenger seat)
* : if equipped
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type C
OHI036090N
Rear seat
(11) Seat sliding forward or rearward
/Seat cushion tilt adjustment*
(12) Seat sliding or shoulder adjustment*
(13) Lumbar support adjustment*
(14) Head restraint adjustment*
(15) Seat sliding forward or rearward/
Seatback angle adjustment*
(for front passenger seat)
(16) Seat mode switches*
(17) Seat warmer
(18) Seat cooler (by air)*
(19) RSE LOCKED indicator
(20) Rear curtain control
(details in Chapter 3)
(21) Armrest
(22) Ski through
(23) Seat position memory system*
(details in Chapter 3)
* : if equipped
2-6
02
Safety Precautions
Air bags
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the
seat and the passenger. The
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a
sudden stop. Serious or fatal
internal injuries could result
because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far
to the rear as possible while
maintaining the ability to
maintain full control of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger
seat as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to
minimize the risk of injuries to
your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering
wheel and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the
risk of leg injuries.
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts
Front Seats
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Adults and children who
have outgrown a booster seat must be
restrained using the seat belts.
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument panel.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or
small infants to ride in a passenger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck, across
sharp edges, or reroute the
shoulder strap away from
your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
2-8
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
and proper locking of the
seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette
lighter on the floor or seat.
When you operate the seat,
gas may exit out of the lighter
causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when
picking small objects trapped
under the seats or between
the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut
or injured by the sharp edges
of the seat mechanism.
02
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has been adjusted
as far forward or rearward as
possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the engine
is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunction.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
engine is turned off.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Forward and rearward adjustment
Seat cushion length adjustment
(for driver's seat)
OHI036002
OHI036003
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
When the seat is adjusted forward or
rearward, the headrest height and
the seatback angle is automatically
adjusted according to the position of
the seat.
To move the front part of the cushion
forward:
1. Push the front part of the control
switch to move the seat cushion
to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
i Information
The forward/rearward seat adjustment may be restricted, when the seatback is leaned back. Adjust your seat,
as follows, before adjusting the seat
position rearward.
- Push and hold the control switch
rearward as far as possible, release
the control switch, and re-push the
control switch rearward again.
Then, the seat position is adjusted
rearward, while putting the seatback upright.
2-10
To move the front part of the cushion
rearward:
1. Push the rear part of the control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage your
body or clothes when using the
cushion adjustment.
02
Seatback angle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
OHI036004
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.
i Information
The seatback angle adjustment may
be restricted, when the seatback is
reclined to some point. At this time,
release the seatback angle switch and
then re-push the switch rearward. The
front seat will slide forward and the
seatback angle will recline even more.
NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger’s neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat cushion height and tilt
■ Tilt
Lumbar support
■ Height
OHI036005
OHI036006N
To tilt or change the height of the
seat cushion:
1. Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to
lower the front part of the seat
cushion.
Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to
lower the height of the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
• The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
2-12
The lumbar support does not operate up or down when the lumbar support is in the rearmost position.
In this case, to use the system,
slightly increase support by pushing
the front portion of the switch (1).
02
Seat shoulder adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
Easy access switch
(for passenger's seat)
OHI036082
OHI036073
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the shoulder
angle to the desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
A front seat moves slightly rearward,
when a passenger opens a front
door with the DOOR indicator illuminated.
A front seat moves slightly forward
when a passenger closes a front
door with the DOOR indicator illuminated.
To deactivate the easy access function, press the DOOR switch (indicator OFF).
Seat bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
OHI036007N
To change the height of the seat bolster:
1. Pull or push the lever.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
Rear Seats
WARNING
• NEVER adjust the rear power
seats when a child restraint is
installed in that seat.
• NEVER allow children in the
car unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
engine is turned off.
OHI036015
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front seatbacks.
WARNING
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has been adjusted
as far forward or rearward as
possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer
than necessary when the engine
is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary drain of the battery.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunction.
2-14
02
Seat sliding, seatback angle and
seat cushion tilt adjustment
OHI036072
Vehicles not equipped with shoulder adjustment
• Seat sliding
Push the control switch (1) forward or
rearward to slide the seat to the
desired position. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position. The seatback angle is
adjusted automatically along with the
seat sliding position.
• Seatback angle
Push the control switch (2) forward or
rearward to move the seatback angle
to the desired position.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position. The
seat sliding position is adjusted automatically along with the seatback
angle.
Vehicles equipped with shoulder
adjustment
• Seat sliding and Seatback angle
Push the control switch (1) forward or
rearward to slide the seat and seatback angle to the desired position.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
• Shoulder adjustment
Push the control switch (2) forward or
rearward to move the shoulder angle
to the desired position. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Cushion tilt adjustment
(1, if equipped)
Push the front portion of the control
switch (1) up to raise or down to
lower the front part of the seat cushion.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Lumbar support (if equipped)
OHI036083N
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch. Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or the
rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
To move the support position up or
down, press the switch (3) or (4).
WARNING
Do not adjust your seat position
forward while fastening the
seatbelt. It may apply abnormally high pressure on your
abdomen. Adjust your seat
position first, and then fasten
the seatbelt.
2-16
Easy access switch (if equipped)
OHI036073
Vehicles equipped with the IMS
system
A rear seat moves slightly rearward,
when a passenger opens a rear door
with the DOOR indicator illuminated.
A rear seat moves slightly forward
when a passenger closes a rear door
with the DOOR indicator illuminated.
To deactivate the easy access function, press the DOOR switch (indicator OFF).
Vehicles not quipped with the IMS
system
Easy access system always operates.
02
Additional Switches for
Adjusting the Front Passenger
Seat
VIP switches for adjusting the
front passenger seat
A passenger, who occupies a rear
seat behind the front passenger's
seat, can control the front passenger’s seat position by operating the
switch.
However, the VIP convenient function does not operate, when the front
passenger's seat is occupied, or
when the front passenger’s door is
opened.
i Information
OHI036016N
Additional switches are provided to
move the front passenger seat forward and backward (1), and adjust
the seatback angle (2) from the rear
seats.
WARNING
Do not adjust the passenger seat
when a passenger is seated.
VIP convenient function switches for
adjusting the front passenger's seat do
not operate in the following situations.
- A passenger occupies the front passenger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passenger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fastened.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Type A
i Information
Rear seat controls can be deactivated
or activated using the DIS Navigation
System.
For more information, refer to the
"Setup" section of the DIS Navigation
Manual supplied separately.
OHI036074
Press the FRONT button. When the
FRONT indicator illuminates, a rear
seat passenger can control the front
passenger's seat position back and
forth (1), seat cushion height (2),
seatback angle (3), and head
restraints position (4).
When the VIP convenient function is
not used over a certain period of
time, the FRONT indicator automatically goes out. Then, the switch
starts to control the rear seat position
again.
■ Type B
OHI036099N
A rear seat passenger can control
the front passenger's seat position
back and forth (1) and seatback
angle (2).
2-18
VIP Seat Mode Switches
Relaxation mode
OHI036081
Press the switch (1) to adjust both
the front passenger's seat and the
rear seat, as follows.
• Front passenger's seat
1. The seat position is adjusted forward, the seatback is folded, and
the head restraint is lowered.
2. The head restraint is adjusted
backward, and the seat cushion tilt
is lowered.
3. The seat cushion height is lowered.
02
• Rear seat
1. The seatback (including the shoulder portion) is leaned back, the
head restraint is tilted backward,
and the head restraint is lowered.
2. The seat position is adjusted forward, the seat cushion tilt is raised
and the lower lumbar support
increases.
i Information
Relaxation mode switches for adjusting the front passenger's seat do not
operate in the following situations.
- When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position.
- A passenger occupies the front passenger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passenger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fastened.
NOTICE
• Do not re-press the relaxation
mode switch again, while operating the seat positions for
relaxation mode. It may abruptly
stop the seat movement.
• When you operate the seat control switch while adjusting the
seat positions for the relaxation
mode, it stops the automatic
seat position adjustment. In this
case, manually adjust the seat
positions.
• Any items, which occupy the
front passenger's seat, may get
damaged while automatically
adjusting the seat positions for
the relaxation mode. Do not put
any items on the front passenger's seat.
Return function
Press the switch (2) to adjust both
the front passenger's seat and the
rear seat, as follows.
• Rear seat
1. The seat position is adjusted to
the rearmost position, the seat
cushion tilt is adjusted to the lowest position, and the lumbar support decreases.
2. The head restraint is lowered, and
the seatback (including the shoulder portion) is leaned backward.
• Front passenger's seat
1. The seat position is adjusted
backward.
2. The seat cushion height is raised,
and the head restraint is adjusted
to the lowest height.
i Information
Return function switch for adjusting
the front passenger's seat do not operate in the following situations.
- When Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position.
- A passenger occupies the front passenger's seat.
- An item occupies the front passenger's seat.
- The front passenger's door is open.
- The front passenger's seatbelt is fastened.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
• Do not re-press return function
switch again, while operating
the seat positions for relaxation
mode. It may abruptly stop the
seat movement.
• When you operate the control
switch while adjusting the seat
positions with return function
switch, it stops the automatic
seat position adjustment. In this
case, manually adjust the seat
positions.
Rear switches operating limitation
■ Type A
OHI036092N
■ Type B
OHI036093N
■ Type C
OHI036094N
To activate or deactivate the rear
seat controls, go to the DIS
Navigation screen and select 'Setup
→ General → Rear Seat Displays'
and select or deselect 'Lock Rear
Controls' (the RSE button indicator
on the rear armrest will turn off).
2-20
02
If the Lock Rear Controls is selected
(the RSE button indicator on the rear
armrest will turn on), the rear controls are inoperable. If the Lock Rear
Controls is selected (the RSE button
indicator on the rear armrest will turn
off), the rear controls are enabled.
Armrest
For more information, refer to the
"Setup" section of the DIS
Navigation Manual supplied separately.
CAUTION
Deactivate the rear switch operation (RSE LOCKED button indicator is on) when a child occupies a rear seat.
OHI036026
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat.
Grab the handle (1) on the upper end
of the arm rest. Then, pull down the
handle to use the arm rest.
Cup holder/Storage compartment
For further details, refer to ''Rear
Console Storage'' and ''Cup Holder''
in chapter 3.
NOTICE
• Do not put any items on the rear
center seat. Those items may get
damaged, when the arm rest is
pulled down.
• Do not attempt to fold back the
arm rest, when the cup holder is
extended out.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
Carrying long/narrow cargo
OHI036031
Additional cargo space is provided to
accommodate long/narrow cargo
(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit properly in the trunk when closed.
1. Pull the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing
the release lever down.
NOTICE
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger
seats to prevent damage to the
vehicle interior.
• When both the arm rest and the
panel, are folded down, put back
the panel first, before folding
back the arm rest. If not, the
panel knobs and the arm rest
knobs may interfere with each
other and get damaged.
2-22
CAUTION
• Make sure the engine is off,
the shift lever is in P and the
parking brake is applied
whenever loading or unloading cargo. The vehicle may
move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another
position.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to its occupants.
WARNING
Cargo should always be secured
to prevent it from being thrown
about the vehicle in a collision
and causing injury to the vehicle
occupants. Do not place objects
in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit the front seat occupants
in a collision.
02
Head Restraints
(Continued)
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly
they are designed to help protect
passengers from whiplash and other
neck and spinal injuries during an
accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident,
take the following precautions
when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the
vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a
seat with the head restraints
removed.
(Continued)
OLF034072N
• Adjust the head restraints so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head
restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after
adjusting it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the head restraints to the
lowest position. The rear seat
head restraints can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seat head restraints
OHI036009
OHI036133N
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
head restraints for the passengers
safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
Push the control switch up to raise or
down to lower the head restraint.
Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired position.
OHI036008
Forward and rearward adjustment
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the head restraint.
Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired position.
2-24
OHI036010
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the head
restraint and seat cushion raised,
the head restraint may come in
contact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.
02
OHI036011
OHI036071
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) using the
seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
3. Insert a thin-pointed tool into the
head restraint adjustment pole (3),
and then remove the head
restraint (4).
To reinstall the head restraint :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Push the head restraint height
control switch (1) up as far as it
can go.
3. Put the head restraint poles (2).
4. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height (3).
5. Recline the seatback (5) using the
seatback angle switch (4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in
a seat with the head restraint
removed.
WARNING
Always make sure the head
restraint locks into position
after reinstalling and adjusting
it properly.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat head restraints
OHI036022
OHI036134N
The rear seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating
positions for the passenger's safety
and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
(power, if equipped)
Push the control switch up to raise or
down to lower the head restraint.
Release the switch once the head
restraint reaches the desired position.
OHI036020L
Adjusting the height up and down
(manual, if equipped)
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
2-26
OHI036021
Adjusting the head restraints forward and rearward (power,
if equipped)
Push the control switch forward to
move the head restraint forward.
Push the control switch backward to
move the head restraint backward.
02
NOTICE
CAUTION
Pay extreme caution not to damage the connectors, while removing the head restraint. Damage to
the connectors may cause a technical problem.
When the center head restraint
is not in use, fold the head
restraint back to prevent it from
interfering with your vision
through the rear window.
NOTICE
If the center head restraint is in
the lowest position, raise the head
restraint before folding back the
armrest.
OHI036130
Folding the center head restraint
(if equipped)
To fold the center head restraint :
• When the rear-center head
restraint is not used, manually fold
back the rear-center head restraint
while pressing the button (1) on the
side. To use the rear-center head
restraint again, manually pull up
the rear-center head restraint, until
it is securely latched.
• You can remove the rear-center
head restraint by manually pulling
up the rear-center head restraint,
while pressing the release button.
i Information
You can adjust the rear-center head
restraint to the further lower height
by pressing the button (2), which is
located under the rear-center head
restraint, with the armrest folded
back.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Coolers
Seat warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
temperatures and especially if
used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too
warm so they can turn it off, if
needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
2-28
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in
operation, such as a blanket or
seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat,
causing a burn or damage to
the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer or
air ventilation system.
02
■ Front
▼
While the engine is running, push
the switch to warm the seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
Temperature control(Manual)
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OHI036014N
■ Rear
• Type A
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
▼
→
OFF→HIGH(
Temperature control(Automatic)
The seat warmer starts to automatically control the seat temperature in
order to prevent low-temperature
burns after being manually turned
ON.
OHI036095N
OFF→HIGH(
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
30min
OHI036097N
■ Rear
• Type C
)
→
→
■ Rear
• Type B
60min
You may manually press the button
to increase the seat temperature.
However, it soon returns to the automatic mode again.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
i Information
With the seat warmer switch in the ON
position, the heating system in the seat
automatically controls the seat temperature by designed temperature.
OHI036132N
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat coolers (by air)
(if equipped)
When the operation of the seat cooler is not needed, keep the switches
in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the
air flow changes as follows:
■ Front
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
→
OFF→HIGH(
OHI036131N
■ Rear
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
cooler operating, the seat cooler
will turn OFF.
• The seat coolers defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is turned to the
ON position.
i Information
OHI036096N
The seat coolers are provided to
cool the seats by blowing air through
small vent holes on the surface of the
seat cushions and seatbacks.
2-30
• If the outside temperature is under
39°F (4°C), the seat cooler may not
operate.
• Use the seat cooler when the climate
control system is on. Using the seat
cooler for prolonged periods of time
with the climate control system off
could cause the climate control seat
performance to be reduced.
02
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat
cooler and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
to become blocked and not work
properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers
under the seats. They may block
the air intake causing the air
vents to not work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It
may damage the seat cooler.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no
change, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use
the seat belts properly. It also
describes some of the things not to
do when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not
a substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following
precautions when adjusting
and wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must
be seated in the front seat,
move the seat as far back as
possible and properly restrain
them in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or
child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
(Continued)
2-32
(Continued)
• Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back.
• Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
02
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or
damaged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning
■ Driver
WHI-001
■ Front passenger
OHI036034
(1) Driver's seat belt warning light
(2) Front passenger's seat belt warning light
The driver's and front passenger's
seat belt warning lights will illuminate
each time you turn the Engine Start/
Stop button ON regardless of seat
belt fastening.
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over a certain
speed, the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
The warning will start again if the
seat belt is unfastened while driving.
i Information
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center
fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when luggage
is placed on the front passenger seat.
WARNING
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light does not properly
operate, if the front passenger
sits in an improper position. The
front passenger should follow
the instruction to properly fasten the seat belt.
2-34
Seat Belt Restraint System
• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
The 3-point seatbelts are installed
both on the front seats and on the
rear seats. During normal driving
situations, the 3-point seatbelt
does not operate the Emergency
Locking Retractor. It rather naturally extends along with passenger's
easy motion, while holding passenger's body in position.
However, the Emergency Locking
Retractor (ELR) automatically
operates in abrupt stopping, sharp
turning, or collision.
• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The Automatic Locking Retractor
(ALR) is to provide the child
restraint system with better protection. The front passenger's seat
and the rear seats are equipped
with the Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR). You can use the
Automatic Locking Retractor mode
during normal driving situations.
When the child restraint system is
installed, switch the system to the
ALR mode.
02
Front Seat Belt – Driver's 3point system with emergency
locking retractor
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
three different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
■ Front seat
OHI036102
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
OHI036036
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has
locked into position.
i Information
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3point system with convertible
locking retractor
OHI036103
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat
belts may increase the risk of
serious injury in an accident.
Take the following precautions
when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other
over the belt, as shown in the
illustration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
2-36
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt.
Convertible retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a convertible retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, NEVER place any
infant/child restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor
Type). It automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across
your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
02
Rear Center Seat Belt
OHI036104
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OHI036085
1. Take out the buckle (2), which is
stored between the seat/seatback
cushions.
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in
either emergency or automatic
locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their
seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or
sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt
and allow the belt to fully retract.
OHI036035
2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the
buckle (2), until it clicks.
You can make sure its secure fastening by pulling the seatbelt webbing. The buckle with 'CENTER'
mark should be used for the 3point seatbelt.
3. Restore the buckle between the
seat/seatback cushion after unfastening the seatbelt.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
OHI036105L
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner
and Emergency Fastening Device
System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts
fit tightly against the occupant's body
in certain frontal collisions. The
Emergency
Fastening
Device
System may be activated in certain
crashes where the frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
2-38
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
(2) Emergency Fastening Device
System
The purpose of the Emergency
Fastening Device System is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
WARNING
Pre-Tensioner
Seat
Belts
(retractor pre-tensioner seat
belt and emergency fastening
device) that malfunction may
not protect you properly during
an accident. Take the following
precautions:
• Always wear your seat belt
and sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not place anything near
the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause
it to function improperly.
(Continued)
02
(Continued)
• Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an
accident.
• NEVER inspect, service,
repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be
done by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioners become hot and
can burn you.
NOTICE
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt (retractor pre-tensioner seat belt and emergency
fastening device) system.
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency Fastening Device
System
i Information
The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected with the pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning
light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds
after the engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, and then it should
turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does
not illuminate, stays illuminated or
illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air
bags as soon as possible.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
i Information
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal or side
collisions or rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt system
may get adversely affected by
installing an audio system to the
center console or welding/painting
the frontal vehicle body.
In this case, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products. The air bag warning light illuminates, if there is a malfunction
with the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• In following situations, immediately
have the air bag system and the pretensioner seat belt system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
- The air bag warning light does not
illuminate at all after turning ON
the engine.
- The air bag warning light remains
ON over 6 seconds after turning
ON the engine.
2-40
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt while
sitting properly in an upright
position to maximize the
effectiveness of the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pretensioner seat belt system, if
it was activated in an accident.
• Properly fasten a seat belt in
an upright position to maximize protection from a pretensioner seat belt system.
The pre-tensioner seat belt
instantly tightens the seat belt
to hold an occupant body in
position in forward collision.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pretensioner seat belt system, if
it was activated in an accident.
02
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
ODH033059
The purpose of the pre-active seat
belt is to tighten the seat belt when a
collision is sensed, during emergency braking, or when a loss of
control is sensed.
NOTICE
The pre-active seat belt is a supplementary system. The pre-active
seat belt activates only when the
passenger is wearing his/her seat
belt.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products if the warning
message comes on while the vehicle
is in motion. When the PSB warning
message disappears, the master
warning light (
) will illuminate.
In order to maximize the safety of the
passenger, the pre-active seat belt
system operates as below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle senses a collision
- Driving on a slippery frozen road
• Slack removal
Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle
speed is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
• Belt parking
Tightens a loose seat belt when
the seat belt is unfastened.
OHI046144L
The pre-active seat belt warning will
turn on if there is a problem with your
pre-active seat belt.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the lap
belt line so that it fits snugly and as low
as possible across the hips, not across
the abdomen.
WARNING
• A pregnant woman or a
patient is more vulnerable to
any imapcts on the abdomen
during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident,
pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion
of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen
where the unborn child is
located.
2-42
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS
properly
restrain
infants and small children in a
child restraint appropriate for
the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold
a child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving. The violent forces created during an
accident will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the interior of the vehicle.
02
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS
213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child’s height and weight.
Check the label on the child restraint
for this information. Refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically.
Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when
they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in
the rear seat. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident.
An accident can damage the LATCH
system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
One person per belt
Care of Seat Belts
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly reduced
by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
the maximum effectiveness of the
restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front or rear
seats are in a reclined position.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance
of serious or fatal injuries in
the event of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers
and
passengers
should always sit well back in
their seats, properly belted,
and with the seatbacks
upright.
2-44
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
02
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a lap/
shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system
in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have retailer of Genesis Branded products check the child restraint
system, seat belts, tether
anchors and lower anchors.
2-46
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
02
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child restraints
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
OHI036107
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant child
restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
OHI036037
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-facing child restraint, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have
the seat belt fit properly. For a seat
belt to fit properly, the lap belt must
lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder
and chest and not across the neck or
face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and
must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
2-48
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraints
prevents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual, the
head restraints of the respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle. All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
02
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
WARNING
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
CAUTION
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
Deactivate the rear switch operation (RSE LOCKED button indicator is on) when a child occupies a rear seat.
NOTICE
Do not adjust the seat position
after installing the Child Restraint
System. When the Child Restraint
System is installed, any attempt to
adjust the seat position may damage either the seat belt system or
the Child Restraint System.
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
Lower Anchor
OHI036087
OHI036040
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are
no LATCH anchors provided for the
center rear seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seating
position. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
2-50
NOTICE
Before installing the Child
Restraint System, make sure that
there is no object (e.g. toy, pen,
wire) around the lower anchor
area. Those objects may damage
either the seat belt system or the
Child Restraint System during the
installment procedure. If necessary, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
02
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments
on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided
with your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to determine an appropriate
child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint
weight < 65 lb (30kg)
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
OHI036038
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the package tray.
2-52
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation instructions provided
with your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
tether anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other
items or equipment to the
vehicle.
02
Securing a child restraint with
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
OHI036039
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under
the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts, or route
the tether strap over the top of the
vehicle seatback. Make sure the
strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
i Information
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the "Rear
Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point system" section in this chapter.
OHI036108
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the child restraint, following the
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
2-54
OHI036109
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
02
OHI036110
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" (child restraint) mode.
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
NOTICE
OHI036111
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that
the retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3
and 4.
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
2-56
02
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHI036041
(1) Driver's front air bag
(2) Passenger's front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver's knee air bag
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for
the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For
these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times
when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a
seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace
them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some
accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during
an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
2-58
02
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the
steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel
column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.
■ Driver's front air bag
OHI036043
OHI036115
OHI036044
OHI036116
OHI036045
OHI036117
■ Driver's knee air bag
■ Passenger's front air bag
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The SRS uses sensors to
gather information about the driver’s
and front passenger's seat belt
usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened. These
sensors provide the ability to control
the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control
Module (SRSCM) controls the air
bag inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
2-60
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such
objects could cause harm if
the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on
front windshield and inside
mirror.
02
Side air bags
■ Front
OHI036048
■ Rear
The side air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.
The side and curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detected.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side air bags and pre-tensioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected. However, the
side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
OHI036049
OHI036050
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat and outboard rear seat. The purpose of the
air bag is to provide the vehicle's
driver and the front passenger with
additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and
arms.
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers. This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
(Continued)
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes on the clothes
hanger. In an accident it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when
airbag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded Vehicle.
2-62
Curtain air bags
OHI036051
OHI036052
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact.
The side and curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle may deploy if a
rollover or possible rollover is detected.
However, the curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
or rollover situations.
02
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bags, take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly
secure
child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as
the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side
rail.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes on the clothes
hanger. In an accident it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when
airbag is inflated.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bags
System Operate?
OHI036042
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Side impact sensor
(acceleration type)
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
/Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
10. Driver's knee air bag module
11. Driver's and front passenger's
seat belt buckle sensors
12. Emergency fastening device
13. Side impact sensor
(pressure type)
14. Occupant classification system
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
malfunction with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
2-64
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the
air bag may not inflate properly
during an accident increasing
the risk of serious injury or
death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products
inspect the SRS as soon as
possible if any of these conditions occur.
02
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If
the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side
impact or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles
or objects which your vehicle
impacts during a collision. The
determining factors are not limited
to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in certain
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
■ Driver's front air bag (1)
OVI035117N
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
■ Driver's front air bag (2)
OVI035118N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
2-66
02
What to Expect after an Air
Bag Inflates
■ Driver's front air bag (3)
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
OVI035119N
■ Passenger's front air bag
OVI035120N
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and
doors as soon as possible
after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
• Always wash exposed skin
areas thoroughly with cold
water and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
Air bags are designed to be
used only once.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and may produce
smoke and powder in the air inside of
the vehicle. This is normal and is a
result of the ignition of the air bag
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
The Occupant Classification System
sensor, which is equipped inside the
front passenger’s seat, distinguishes
whether the seat is occupied by an
adult or a child restraint system, and
sends this information to the ACU.
Then, the ACU integrates this information with any impact information
while determining whether to deploy
the air bags for the front passenger’s
seat.
2-68
- The
Occupant
Classification
System properly detects a front
passenger, when a passenger sits
in upright position. In an accident, it
properly deploys the air bag.
- The
Occupant
Classification
System detects a child restraint
system, which is installed on the
front passenger's seat. In this
case, the air bag system for the
front passenger's seat gets disabled.
- The
Occupant
Classification
System may not deploy the air bag
for the front passenger's seat,
when a tiny adult sits out of upright
position.
02
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
■ Sensor
OHI036046
■ Warning signal
The purpose is to help reduce the
risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on
the seat, the occupant classification
sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
OHI036047
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
2-69
Safety system of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification
System
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center facia
panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
Indicator/Warning light
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Devices
"PASSENGER
Front passenger
SRS
AIR BAG OFF"
warning light
air bag
indicator light
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant *2 or child restraint
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is
a normal condition.
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates with an
adult occupied on the front passenger's seat, the air bag may not
deploy in an accident. On the other hand, when the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF indicator does not illuminate with a child restraint system
installed on the front passenger's seat, the air bag may deploy in an
accident. In those cases, you should immediately move the occupant
or the child restraint system to a rear seat. In addition, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator does not illuminate
with a child restraint system installed on the front passenger's seat,
you should immediately move the child restraint system to a rear
seat. It implies that the air bag for the front passenger's seat may
deploy in an accident.
2-70
02
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the
OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or
seatback pocket, or hang any items on the
front passenger seat.
OHI036119
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger
seatback.
OHI036122
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
OHI036120
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when
the vehicle is moving.
OHI036100
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
OHI036121
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or
sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OHI036123
(continued)
2-71
Safety system of your vehicle
(continued)
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip
protector.
OHI036124
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick
blankets and cushions which cover up the car
seat surface.
OHI036126
OHI036125
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such
as water bottles on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on
the passenger seat, the air bag warning light
may illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
OHI036127
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may
damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat
cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original
items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original
Genesis Branded products seats only. Altering or changing the
authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk
of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the
proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of
an injury in an accident.
2-72
02
WARNING
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place
engine Start/Stop button in the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag. If
the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your
passenger reposition himself in
the seat. If the "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicator
remains illuminated after the
passenger repositions himself
properly and the vehicle is
restarted, have the passenger
move to the rear seat because
the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF position or after the engine is started.
If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.
2-73
Safety system of your vehicle
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the OCS, never install
a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. An inflating air bag can
forcefully strike a child or child
restraint resulting in serious or fatal
injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
2-74
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain
types of accidents in which the air
bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
Damage to the vehicle indicates a
collision energy absorption, and is
not an indicator of whether or not an
air bag should have inflated.
02
Air bag collision sensors
1
2
3
4
5
OHI036078N/OHI036054/OHI036055N/OHI036056/OHI036057/OHI036058
(1) SRS control module
/Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
- on the front bumper
(3) Side impact sensor (Pressure)
- on the front door
(4) Side impact sensor (Speed)
- under the B-pillar
(5) Side impact sensor (Speed)
- under the C-pillar
2-75
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-Genesis/Hyundai Part.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deployment performance.
• Place the engine Start/Stop
button in the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
2-76
Air bag inflation conditions
OHI036059
Front air bags
Front air bags and the driver's knee
air bag are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the the
severity of impact of the front collision.
02
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OHI036060N
OHI036062
OHI036061
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side and
curtain air bags are designed to
inflate only in side impact collisions
or rollover situations, but they may
inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
2-77
Safety system of your vehicle
OHI036063
OHI036088
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
OHI036064N
OHI036065
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the
collision, and thus in side impacts,
front air bag deployment would not
provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate depending on the intensity, vehicle speed and angles of
impact.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
2-78
02
OHI036086
OHI036066N
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision.
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
i Information
Front air bags do not inflate in
rollover accidents. However, side
impact and curtain air bags may
inflate in a rollover, when it is detected by the rollover sensor.
2-79
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, or continuously
remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Improper handling of the SRS system may result
in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passenger’s panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the system.
(Continued)
2-80
(Continued)
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or
if the vehicle must be
scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products
for the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk
of personal injury.
02
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected
from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact Genesis
Customer Care at 844 340-9741
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
2-81
Safety system of your vehicle
Air Bag Warning Labels
OHI036067N/OHI036068N/OHI036069/OHI036070
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information
about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
2-82
Convenient features of
your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle ...............................................................3-4
Smart Key ......................................................................................................3-4
Door Locks ....................................................................................3-9
Outside the Vehicle .....................................................................................3-9
Inside the Vehicle.......................................................................................3-11
Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features .........................................................3-13
Child-Protector Rear Door locks...........................................................3-13
Theft-Alarm System ..................................................................3-14
Seat Position Memory System .................................................3-15
Easy Access Function...............................................................................3-16
Steering Wheel ...........................................................................3-17
Motor-Driven Power Steering (MDPS) ................................................3-17
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ........................................................3-18
Heated Steering Wheel ............................................................................3-18
Horn ..............................................................................................................3-19
Mirrors .........................................................................................3-20
Inside Rearview Mirror.............................................................................3-20
Side View Mirrors ......................................................................................3-37
Reverse Parking Aid Function ................................................................3-39
Windows ......................................................................................3-40
Sunroof........................................................................................3-44
Sunroof opening and closing..................................................................3-45
Tilting the Sunroof ....................................................................................3-45
Sunshade......................................................................................................3-46
Resetting the Sunroof..............................................................................3-46
Hood.............................................................................................3-47
Opening the Hood .....................................................................................3-47
Closing the Hood........................................................................................3-47
Trunk ............................................................................................3-48
Non-Powered Trunk .................................................................................3-48
Power Trunk................................................................................................3-49
Emergency Trunk Safety Release .........................................................3-53
3
Smart Trunk ................................................................................3-54
Fuel Filler Door ..........................................................................3-57
Opening the Fuel Filler Door ..................................................................3-57
Closing the Fuel Filler Door ....................................................................3-57
Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release ....................................................3-59
Instrument Cluster .....................................................................3-60
3
Instrument Cluster Control ......................................................................3-61
Gauges and Meters ...................................................................................3-61
Warning and Indicator Lights .................................................................3-65
LCD Display Messages..............................................................................3-75
LCD Display .................................................................................3-86
LCD Display Control...................................................................................3-86
LCD Modes ..................................................................................................3-87
Trip Computer .............................................................................3-95
Head-Up Display ........................................................................3-98
Lighting......................................................................................3-101
Exterior Lights..........................................................................................3-101
Interior Lights ...........................................................................................3-108
Welcome System......................................................................................3-111
Wipers and Washers................................................................3-112
Windshield Wipers ...................................................................................3-112
Windshield Washers................................................................................3-114
Driver Assist System................................................................3-115
Rear View Camera...................................................................................3-115
Multi-View Camera System ..................................................................3-116
Parking Assist System ............................................................................3-117
Defroster ...................................................................................3-121
Rear Window Defroster.........................................................................3-121
Front Wiper Deicer..................................................................................3-121
Convenient features of
your vehicle
Automatic Climate Control System ........................................3-122
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning ...........................................3-123
Manual Heating and Air Conditioning ................................................3-124
System Operation ....................................................................................3-134
System Maintenance ..............................................................................3-135
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging..................................3-137
Climate Control Additional Features .....................................3-140
Clean Air ....................................................................................................3-140
Automatic Ventilation .............................................................................3-140
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation..........................................................3-140
DIS Navigation System Monitor...........................................................3-140
Storage Compartment..............................................................3-142
Center Console Storage .........................................................................3-142
Rear Console Storage.............................................................................3-142
Glove Box...................................................................................................3-143
Sunglass Holder .......................................................................................3-143
Cellular Phone Holder.............................................................................3-145
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ........................................3-145
Interior Features ......................................................................3-146
Cup Holder.................................................................................................3-146
Sunvisor .....................................................................................................3-147
Rear Vanity Mirror ..................................................................................3-147
Power Outlet.............................................................................................3-148
USB Charger .............................................................................................3-149
Clock ...........................................................................................................3-149
Clothes Hanger.........................................................................................3-150
Bag Hanger ...............................................................................................3-151
Floor Mat Anchor(s) ...............................................................................3-151
Rear Curtain..............................................................................................3-152
Rear Door Window Curtain ...................................................................3-153
Luggage Net Holder................................................................................3-154
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound
once. Also, the outer side view
mirror will fold, if the side view mirror folding switch is in the AUTO
position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
Smart Key
i Information
OHI046058
Your G90 uses a Smart Key, which
you can use to lock or unlock a door
(and trunk) and even start the engine.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Trunk Unlock
4. Panic
Locking
OHI046003
Using the door handle button
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Press the outside door handle
button.
3-4
• The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle.
• Pressing the door handle button does
not unlock the doors. To unlock the
doors, refer to the following page.
Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for
three seconds if any of the following
occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is open.
Using the button on the Smart Key
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1).
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound
once. Also, the outer side view
mirror will fold, if the side view mirror folding switch is in the AUTO
position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the Door
Lock button inside the vehicle.
03
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
Unlocking
Using the door handle
1. Carry the Smart Key.
2. Put your hand in the outside door
handle.
3. The driver's door will unlock. If you
put your hand in the outside door
handle again within 4 seconds,
then all doors will unlock.
The hazard warning lights will
blink two times. Also, the outer
side view mirror will unfold, if the
side view mirror folding switch is in
the AUTO position.
Using the button on the Smart Key
1. Carry the Smart Key.
2. Press the Door Unlock button (2).
3. The driver's door will unlock. If you
press the Door Unlock button (2)
on the Smart Key again within 4
seconds, then all doors will
unlock.
The hazard warning lights will
blink two times. Also, the outer
side view mirror will unfold, if the
side view mirror folding switch is in
the AUTO position.
i Information
• The door handle unlocking will only
operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
outside door handle and other people can also open the doors.
• You can change the system to the
central door unlock mode in the User
Settings menu of the LCD display to
unlock all the doors when you press
the unlock button one time.
• After unlocking the doors, the doors
will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
i Information
• The doors may unlock if the inner
sensor of the outer door handle is
recognized while washing your car
or due to heavy rain. However, the
doors are automatically locked in 30
seconds unless a door is opened
after they are unlocked.
• The doors may not unlock if you put
your hands in the inside of the outer
door handle with gloves on.
• The doors may not unlock if suddenly approach the door and put
your hands in the inside of the outer
door handle.
Trunk Unlocking
To open:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Either press the trunk handle button or press and hold the Trunk
Unlock button (3) on the smart key
for more than one second.
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink two times.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will lock automatically.
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The trunk handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28
inches (0.7 m) from the trunk handle.
i Information
The power trunk (if equipped) can be
operated when the engine is not running. However, the power trunk consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power. To prevent the battery
from being discharged, do not operate
consecutively (more than approximately 10 times).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key away from
any liquid or fire. Internal circuits
may malfunction if the inside of
the smart key gets damp (from
liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the smart
key from warranty coverage.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
Mechanical key
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
OHI046008
For more information, refer to the
"Engine Start/Stop Button" section
in chapter 5.
3-6
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
Insert the mechanical key into the
key hole on the door.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
03
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
you should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining keys to your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or tow the vehicle,
if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your mobile phone in the same
pants or jacket pocket and always
try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves
to the key surface.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Restrictions in handling keys
Battery replacement
When leaving keys with parking lot and
valet attendants, the following procedures will ensure your vehicle's trunk
and glove box compartment can only
be opened with the mechanical key.
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
OHI046006
OHI046009
To lock:
1. Remove the mechanical key from
the Smart Key.
2. Unlock the glove box by using the
mechanical key, then open it.
3. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the LOCK position (button pressed).
4. Close and lock the glove box using
the mechanical key.
5. Leave the Smart Key with the
attendant and keep the mechanical key with you.
The Smart Key can only be used to
start the engine and operate door locks.
Battery Type : CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry open the rear cover of
the smart key.
2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
i Information
To unlock:
1. Open the glove box with the
mechanical key.
2. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to
the UNLOCK position (button not
pressed).
In this position the trunk lid will open
with the Trunk Lid button or the Smart
Key.
3-8
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) and regulation(s).
03
DOOR LOCKS
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
Smart key
OHI046003
OHI046010
First, remove the cover (1~2), and
then turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock (3).
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, all vehicle doors will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, the driver's
door will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
NOTICE
When removing the cover, be
careful not to scratch the vehicle
or lose the cover.
Door Unlock
Door Lock
OHI046001
To lock:
Press the button on the outside door
handle while carrying the Smart Key
with you or press the Door Lock button on the Smart Key.
To unlock:
• Put your hand in the driver's outside door handle while carrying the
Smart Key with you, the driver's
door will unlock.
Put your hand in the outside door
handle again within 4 seconds,
then all doors will unlock.
• Put your hand in the passenger’s
out side door handle, all door will
unlock.
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key, the driver's door will
unlock.
Press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key again within 4 seconds, then all doors will unlock.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Power door latch
OHI046011
i Information
You can change the system to the central door unlock mode in the User
Settings menu of the LCD display to
unlock all the doors when you press
the unlock button one time.
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
3-10
If a door isn't closed completely but
is closed to the first detent position,
the door will close automatically.
NOTICE
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door, check
there are no obstructions in the
path of the door.
• Keep your fingers away from the
edge of the door or they may
become trapped when the power
door latch operates.
03
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
Lock
Unlock
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
OHI046012
• To unlock a door, pull the door lock
button (1) to the "Unlock" position.
The red mark (2) on the door lock
button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver's (or front passenger's) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open.
With the central door lock
switch
■ Driver's door
■ Passenger's door
OHI046013/OHI046014
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all
vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all
vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the lock button (1)
of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle in
a crash is increased.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake,
and place the Engine Start/Stop
button in the OFF position, close
all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the key with you.
3-12
CAUTION
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
03
Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features
Impact sensing door unlock
Child-Protector Rear Door locks
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when an impact causes the
air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock
(if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked
when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph
(15 km/h).
All of the doors will be automatically
unlocked after the engine is turned off.
Shift lever auto door lock
(if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever out of P
(Park) with the engine running.
You can activate or deactivate the
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from
the User Settings mode on the LCD
display.
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
OHI046015
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock (1)
position, the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle (2) is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
screwdriver (1) into the hole and turn
(1) to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your
vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds,
then the system resets. To turn off
the alarm, unlock the doors with the
smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the trunk. For the system to activate, you must lock the
doors and the trunk from outside the
vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to
indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
3-14
i Information
• Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key or start
the engine by directly pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key.
• When the system is disarmed but a
door or trunk is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
03
SEAT POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM
■ Driver’s seat
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
seat position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
OHI046057L
■ Passenger/Rear seat
i Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the Seat Position Memory System
does not operate normally, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Storing memory positions
OHI046043
The Seat Position Memory System is
provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation.
1) Driver's seat position
- Seat/Steering wheel/Outer side
view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head-Up Display (HUD) position,
brightness, and angle (if equipped)
2) Passenger/Rear seat position
- Seat position
1. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
outer side view mirror position,
steering wheel position, instrument panel illumination intensity
and head-up display height/brightness to the desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings"on
the LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.
5.
OHI046178L/OHI046179L
"Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the LCD display.
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
Easy Access Function
i Information
Only the driver's seat position memory appears on the LCD display.
Recalling memory positions
1. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1
or 2). The system will beep once,
and then the driver's seat position,
outer side view mirror position,
steering wheel position, instrument
panel illumination intensity and
head-up display height/brightness
will automatically adjust to the stored
positions.
3.
OHI046176L/OHI046177L
"Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied"
will appear on the LCD display.
i Information
• While recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position.
Pressing the 2 button recalls the "2"
memory position.
• While recalling the "2" memory position, pressing the SET or 2 button
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position.
Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1"
memory position.
• While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, outside rearview
mirror, steering wheel, instrument
panel illumination or head-up display
will cause the movement of that component to stop and move in the direction that the control button is pressed.
3-16
When exiting the vehicle, the steering
wheel will move away from the driver
and the driver seat will move rearward when the engine is turned off
and door is opened. When entering
the vehicle, the steering wheel will
move toward the driver and the driver
seat will move forward when the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ACC position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Driver easy access function from the
User Settings mode on the LCD display. For more information, refer to
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
The front passenger’s seat or a rear
passenger’s seat moves backward
for his/her convenience, when a corresponding door is opened with the
DOOR button in the ON position.
03
STEERING WHEEL
Motor-Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the engine is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
If the Motor-Driven Power Steering
(MDPS) System does not operate
normally, the warning light ( )
will illuminate on the instrument
cluster. You may steer the vehicle,
but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have the
system checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal
noise may occur. If temperature
rises, the noise will disappear. This
is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from the
MDPS, the assistant function of
steering effort will not be activated
in order to prevent fatal accidents.
Instrument cluster warning lights
may be on or the steering effort may
be high. When the following symptoms occur, immediately drive the
vehicle to a safe area and check it.
i Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high immediately after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the MDPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is completed,
the steering wheel will return to its
normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
OFF position.
(Continued)
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
Heated Steering Wheel
Adjust the steering wheel so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument cluster warning lights and
gauges. Always adjust the position of
the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
OHI046046
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down to
adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rearward to adjust the height (3).
NOTICE
Do not adjust the steering wheel
longer than necessary when the
engine is turned off.This may result
in unnecessary battery drain.
3-18
OHI046047
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position or when the engine
is running, press the heated steering
wheel button to warm the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button will
illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting changes as
follows:
OFF → HIGH (
) → LOW (
)
→
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• When the heated steering wheel
switch is pressed to high (
):
The heated steering wheel switch
automatically changes to the low
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel
by pressing the switch to the OFF
position.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. This cover
or accessory could cause damage
to the heated steering wheel system.
03
Horn
OHI046049
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the
rearview mirror to the center on the
view through the rear window.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system, compass and
Genesis Connected Service (Blue
Link®) (for U.S.A)
HomeLink Indicator
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
Telematics buttons
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
3-20
HomeLink Button
OHI046492N
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System. During
nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle
is pointed. The HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver allows you to activate your
garage door(s), electric gate, home
lighting, etc.
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
03
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
(if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the
vehicle. Any object that obstructs
either light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF, but it returns to ON after the
ignition is cycled.
For more information regarding
NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
OHI046495N
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
1. Press and release the Control
Button within 1 second to turn the
display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the Control
Button again within 1 second to
turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
Control Button and are detailed
below.
i Information
Press the control button in the hole
with a pointed object, such as the tip
of a ballpoint pen or similar object.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting based
on where you live.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
B520C05NF
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the Control Button
for up to 6 seconds, the current
Zone Number will appear on the
display.
3-22
3. Release and press the Control
Button and then hold the Control
Button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will
repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).
Releasing the button when the
desired Zone Number appears on
the display will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
03
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the Control Button
for more than 6 seconds. When
the compass memory is cleared, a
"C" will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System can replace up to three
hand-held radio-frequency (RF)
transmitters with a single built-in
device. This innovative feature will
learn the radio frequency codes of
most current transmitters to operate
devices such as gate operators,
garage door openers, entry door
locks, security systems, even home
lighting. Both standard and rolling
code-equipped transmitters can be
programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information
can be found at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
• If the indicator (4) is continuously
turned ON or flashes in Green
rapidly several times, go to Step 2)
since it is a programmed button.
2. Press and hold the button you
wish to program about 15-25 seconds until the LED flashes in
Orange for several times.
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener
Original Transmitter (OT) near the
HomeLink Mirror.
OHI046497N
4. Press the Original Transmitter
(OT) button until the indicator (4) is
turned continuously ON or flashes
in Green for approximately 10 seconds and it indicates the programing is completed.
i Information
OHI046496N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
• If the indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a
new programming.
3-24
• Some garage door openers require
to press the programed button on
the mirror up to three times right
after the programing is just completed to operate the garage door.
• The indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange and flashes for about 60seconds, during the programing mode
and if a programing is not succeeded within the 60 seconds, the programing mode will be abort.
HomeLink® should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
03
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has
been learned. The indicator light will
flash slowly and then rapidly after
several seconds upon successful
training.
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
OHI046499N
1. Press and hold the button (1) and
(3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned continuously ON in orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color
changes to Green and flashes
rapidly.
Release the buttons once the
green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and
(4) memories are all cleared.
Operating HomeLink®
OHI046498N
1. Press and release one of the
HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that
programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will
operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continuously ON (Fixed Code Garage
Door Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling
Code Garage Door Opener)
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(Continued)
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to
operate the device.
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete
the
HomeLink
"Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the programming, the following steps MUST
occur to program two way communication. (only for some older garage
doors)
OHI046500N
3. Press and release the programed
HomeLink button to activate the
garage door.
4. Once the garage door is stopped,
press and release the "Lean" or
"Smart" button on the Garage
door opener within 1 minute from
the time of pressing the programed HomeLink button on mirror.
3-26
OHI046501N
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are
flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds, the two way synchronization
is completed.
i Information
Some recent garage door opener provides automatic two way communication synchronization while just programing OT (Original Transmitter).
03
Operating Two Way Communication
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was
not received properly (HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last status of garage door for seconds.)
Recalling Garage Door Status
OHI046500N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
Homelink mirror with two way compatible provides a way to view the
last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the
last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and
2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "closed"
properly.
• If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "open"
properly.
i Information
OHI046503N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates
as below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "Opened".
Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage
door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or
increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener,
such as houses or trees.
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with compass and HomeLink®
system (for Canada)
HomeLink Indicator
HomeLink Button
OHI046493C
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
3-28
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the
vehicle. Any object that obstructs
either light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding
NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex
website: www.gentex.com
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
03
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF, but it returns to ON after the
ignition is cycled.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting
based on where you live.
OHI046495C
1. Press and release the Control
Button to turn the display feature
OFF.
2. Press and release the Control
Button again to turn the display
back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.
i Information
Press the control button in the hole
with a pointed object, such as the tip
of a ballpoint pen or similar object.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
B520C05NF
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the Control Button
for up to 6 seconds, the current
Zone Number will appear on the
display.
3-30
3. Release and press the Control
Button and then hold the Control
Button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will
repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).
Releasing the button when the
desired Zone Number appears on
the display will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
03
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the Control Button
for more than 6 seconds. When
the compass memory is cleared, a
"C" will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System can replace up to three handheld radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This
innovative feature will learn the radio
frequency codes of most current
transmitters to operate devices such
as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information
can be found at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
Programming
OHI046496C
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
• If the indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a
new programming.
• If the indicator (4) is continuously
turned ON or flashes in Green
rapidly several times, go to Step 2)
since it is a programmed button.
2. Press and hold the button you
wish to program about 15-25 seconds until the LED flashes in
Orange for several times.
OHI046497C
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener
Original Transmitter (OT) near the
HomeLink Mirror
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Press the Original Transmitter (OT)
button until the indicator (4) is
turned continuously ON or flashes
in Green for approximately 10 seconds and it indicates the programing is completed.
i Information
• Some garage door openers require
to press the programed button on
the mirror up to three times right
after the programing is just completed to operate the garage door.
• The indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange and flashes for about 60sec
during the programing mode and if
a programing is not succeeded within the 60 seconds, the programing
mode will be abort.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
3-32
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
03
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are
"code-protected" and manufactured
after 1996 may be determined by the
following:
• Reference the device owner's
manual for verification.
• The handheld transmitter appears to
program the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver but does not activate the
device.
• Press release the programmed
HomeLink® button. The device has
the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rapidly.
4. Press and release the just-programmed HomeLink® button and
observe the user interface indicator. If the user interface indicator
stays on constantly or flashes in
Green, programming is complete
and your device should activate.
5. To program the remaining two
HomeLink® buttons, follow either
steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
for standard devices.
To train a rolling code device without
the "Quick Training" feature, follow
these instructions:
1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door
opener brand. If there is difficulty
locating the training button, reference the device owner’s manual or
please visit our Web site at
www.homelink.com or
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
2. Firmly press and release the "learn"
or "smart" button (which activates
the "training light"). You will have 30
seconds to initiate step 3.
3. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and then
release the desired HomeLink® button. Repeat the "press/hold/release"
sequence a second time to complete
the programming. (Some devices
may require you to repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming.)
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has
been learned. The indicator light
changes from orange to green upon
successful training.
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
Operating HomeLink®
OHI046499C
OHI046498C
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink® button.
Activation will now occur for the trained
device (i.e. garage door opener, gate
operator, security system, entry door
lock, home/office lighting, etc.).
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used
at any time.
3-34
1. Press and hold the button (1) and
(3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned continuously ON in orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color
changes to Green and flashes rapidly. Release the buttons once the
green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and
(3) memories are all cleared.
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
03
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
4. Once the garage door is stopped,
press and release the "Lean" or
"Smart" button on the Garage
door opener within 1 minute from
the time of pressing the programed HomeLink button on mirror.
OHI046501C
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete
the
HomeLink
"Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the programming, the following steps
MUST occur to program two way
communication. (only for some
older garage doors)
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are
flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds, the two way synchronization
is completed.
NOTICE
Some recent garage door opener
provides automatic two way communication synchronization while
just programing OT (Original
Transmitter).
OHI046502C
3. Press and release the programed
HomeLink button to activate the
garage door.
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating Two-way communication
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was
not received properly (HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last status of garage door for seconds.)
Recalling Garage Door Status
OHI046502C
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button
Homelink mirror with two way compatible provides a way to view the
last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the
last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and
2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "closed"
properly.
• If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "open"
properly.
i Information
OHI046503C
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates
as below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "Opened".
3-36
Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage
door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or
increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener,
such as houses or trees.
03
Side View Mirrors
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
OHI046052
Be sure to adjust mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
mirror heads can be folded to prevent damage during an automatic
car wash or when passing through a
narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
Side view mirrors control
Folding the side view mirrors
OHI046054
OHI046054
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to
select the side view mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
The outer side view can be folded or
unfolded by pressing the switch as
below.
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold when the door is
locked by the button on the outside
door handle.
- The mirror will unfold when the door
is unlocked by putting your hand in
the front passenger’s outside door
handle.
- The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession. (if equipped)
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary,
the motor may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand or the
motor may be damaged.
3-38
03
Reverse Parking Aid Function
(if equipped)
OHI046044L
When you move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) position, the outer side
view mirror(s) will rotate downwards
to aid with driving in reverse.
The position of the outer side view
mirror switch (1) determines whether
or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right :
When either the L (Left) or R (Right)
switch is selected, both outer side
view mirrors will move.
Neutral :
When neither switch is selected, the
outer side view mirrors will not move.
The outer side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions if any of the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position
or the ACC position.
• The shift lever is moved to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control outer side view
mirror switch is not selected.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
OHI046028
1. Driver's door power window switch
2. Front passenger's door power
window switch
3. Rear door (left) power window
switch
3-40
4. Rear door (right) power window
switch
5. Window opening and closing
6. Automatic power window
7. Power window lock switch
03
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to be able to
raise or lower the windows. Each
door has a Power Window switch to
control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch
which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows
will operate for approximately 30
seconds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position.
However, if the front doors are
opened, the Power Windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 second period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower both
front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise
with the sunroof open, slightly close
the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
OHI046029
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting
power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to
the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught between
the window glass and the upper
window channel may not be
detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window
will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on
the windows. The automatic
reverse feature may not operate.
OHI046030
If a window senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
stop and lower approximately 12
inches (30 cm) to allow the object to
be cleared.
3-42
03
Power window lock switch
OHI046031
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passenger's doors by pressing the power
window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
• The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's
power window.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional window operation by a child.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
OHI046037
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position.
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or objects are out of the
way before using the sunroof.
(Continued)
3-44
(Continued)
• Do not extend your head,
arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid
serious injury.
• Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious
injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause injuries
or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
• Do not continue to move the
sunroof control lever after the
sunroof is fully opened, closed,
or tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could
occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is open, rain or
snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well
as allow theft.
03
Sunroof opening and closing
Automatic reverse
OHI046038
OHI046039
To open:
Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position.
Release the switch when you want
the sunroof to stop.
To close:
Press the sunroof control lever forward
to the first detent position. Release the
switch when you want the sunroof to
stop.
If the sunroof senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow
the object to be cleared.
Sliding the Sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever
backward or forward momentarily to
the second detent position completely
opens or closes the sunroof even
when the switch is released. To stop
the sunroof at the desired position
while the sunroof is in operation, press
the sunroof control lever backward or
forward and release the switch.
WARNING
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In
this case, the sunroof glass will
not detect the object and will
not reverse direction.
Tilting the Sunroof
OHI046040
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
To open the sunroof, push the sunroof control lever upward to the second detent. The sunroof will tilt all the
way open. To stop the sunroof tilting
at any point, operate the control lever.
To close the sunroof, push the sunroof
control lever forward until the sunroof
moves to the desired position.
NOTICE
• Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the sunroof
guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can
make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates,
the sunroof may not work properly.
Sunshade
Resetting the Sunroof
Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the
followings)
- Battery is discharged or disconnected or the related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected.
- The one-touch sliding function of
the sunroof does not normally operate.
1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position and close the
sunroof completely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Pull and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof tilts and
slightly moves up and down. Then,
release the lever.
4. Pull and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof is operated
as follows;
TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the control lever.
i Information
• If the sunroof does not reset when
the vehicle battery is disconnected
or discharged, or related fuse is
blown, the sunroof may not operate
normally.
• For more detailed information, contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI046041
The sunshade will automatically
open with the glass panel when the
glass panel moves. Close it manually if you want it closed.
3-46
03
HOOD
Opening the Hood
Closing the Hood
OHI046032
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
OHI046033N
3. Raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch up (1) inside of
the hood center and lift the hood
(2). After it has been raised about
halfway, it will raise completely by
itself.
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 30cm from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is
secure.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood,
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around hood
opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light displayed on the
instrument cluster. Driving
with the hood opened may
cause a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRUNK
Non-Powered Trunk
WARNING
■ Outside
Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
WARNING
OHI046016
To open:
1. Do one of the following :
- Press the smart key Trunk Unlock
button for more than one second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
- Use the mechanical key.
■ Inside
The trunk swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are
near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the trunk.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the trunk lift
cylinders and the attached hardware, always close the trunk
before driving.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
OHI046017
- Use the trunk release button.
2. Lift the trunk lid up.
To close:
Lower the trunk lid and press down
until it locks.
3-48
03
Power Trunk (if equipped)
(4) Power Trunk Lock button
(1) Power Trunk Main Control button
OHI046021N
OHI046018
(2) Power Trunk Open button
OHI046019
(3) Power Trunk Close button
OHI046020N
To open:
Do one of the following :
- Press the smart key Trunk Unlock
button for more than one second.
- Press the Open button (2) on the
trunk. You need the smart key in
your possession, when all doors
are locked.
- Press the Power Trunk Main Control
button (1).
To close:
Do one of the following:
- Press the Power Trunk Main
Control button (1) until the Power
Trunk is closed securely.
- Press the Close button (3) on the
trunk.
- Press the Lock button (4) on the
trunk while carrying the smart key
with all the vehicle’s doors closed.
All doors will lock and arm the theft
alarm system.
If you push a button or switch while
the trunk is opening or closing, it
could stop moving. Press any button
to operate the Power Trunk again.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
The Power Trunk Lock button will
not work if you press the button when:
- Any door is open.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is not
in the OFF position.
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
WARNING
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might operate the power trunk that could
result in injury to themselves or
others, or damage to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
Power Trunk. Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo from
the vehicle.
3-50
NOTICE
• Do not close or open the Power
Trunk manually. This may cause
damage to the Power Trunk. If it
is necessary to close or open the
Power Trunk manually when the
battery is drained or disconnected, do not apply excessive force.
• Do not leave the Power Trunk
open for a long period of time.
This may drain the battery.
• To prevent damage to the trunk
lift cylinders and the attached
hardware, always close the trunk
before driving.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Power trunk non-opening or
closing conditions:
• The Power Trunk will not open or
close automatically, when the vehicle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3
km/h).
• The Power Trunk can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the Power Trunk operation
consumes large amounts of vehicle
electric power. To prevent the battery from draining, do not operate it
excessively (e.g., more than
approximately 10 times repeatedly.)
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the Power Trunk by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Before jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
open the Power Trunk. Do not operate the Power Trunk when the vehicle is raised or this could cause the
Power Trunk to operate improperly.
03
• If there are obstacles such as snow
on the Power Trunk, it may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
Automatic stop and reverse
WARNING
To prevent serious injury and
damage take the following precautions when operating the
power trunk:
- Keep all faces, hands, arms,
body parts and other objects
away from the path of the
power trunk.
- Do not intentionally place any
body parts or objects in the
path of the power trunk to
make sure the automatic stop
and reversal operates.
- Do not allow children to play
with the power trunk.
OHI046022N
If, during power opening or closing,
the trunk is blocked by an object or
part of someone's body, the power
trunk will detect the resistance and it
will stop movement or move to the
full open position to allow the object
to be cleared.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the trunk is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resistance and the closing operation will
continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is
forced by a strong impact, the automatic stop and reversal may operate.
If the automatic stop and reverse feature operates more than twice during
one opening or closing operation, the
Power Trunk may stop at that position. If this occurs, close the trunk
manually and operate the trunk automatically again.
To reset the power trunk
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the related fuse
has been replaced or disconnected,
reset the Power Trunk as follows:
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
2. Close the trunk manually.
If the Power Trunk doesn't work properly after performing the above procedure, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trunk lid control button
NOTICE
Close the trunk, and keep the
trunk lid control button in the
LOCK (button pressed) position
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash.
WARNING
OHI046009
When the trunk lid control button is in
the UNLOCK (button not pressed)
position, the power trunk can be controlled with the power trunk main
control button, power trunk open,
close button, and the smart key.
When this trunk lid control button is in
the LOCK (button pressed) position,
the power trunk can be controlled
using the mechanical key of the
smart key only.
The smart trunk does not operate,
when the trunk lid control button is
pressed to the LOCK position.
Even though the trunk lid control button is in the LOCK (button pressed)
position, the trunk will still be propelled upward by mechanical force if
the trunk is manually opened more
than 10 degrees beyond the fully
closed position. In addition, if the
trunk is manually closed to the secondary latch position, the trunk will
be electrically moved to the fully
latched position.
3-52
• Always keep the Trunk Lid
Control Button in the LOCK
(button pressed) position when
not in use. Serious injury or
death can result from unintentional operation by a child.
• Make sure heads, other body
parts or other obstacles are
safely out of the way before
operating the power trunk.
i Information
If the trunk lid control button is in the
LOCK position, the Smart Trunk system will also be deactivated.
03
Emergency Trunk Safety
Release
OHI046023N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
WARNING
• You and your passengers
must be aware of the location
of the Emergency Trunk Safety
Release lever in this vehicle
and how to open the trunk in
case you are accidentally
locked in the trunk.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• NEVER allow anyone to occupy
the trunk of the vehicle at any
time. If the trunk is partially or
totally latched and the person
is unable to get out, serious
injury or death could occur due
to lack of ventilation, exhaust
fumes and rapid heat build-up,
or because of exposure to cold
weather conditions. The trunk
is also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash
because it is not a protected
occupant space but is a part of
the vehicle's crush zone.
• Your vehicle should be kept
locked and the Smart Key
should be kept out of the
reach of children. Parents
should teach their children
about the dangers of playing
in trunks.
• Use the release lever for emergencies only.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
SMART TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED)
OHI046024N
OHI046195L
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk can be opened with notouch activation using the Smart
Trunk system.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk, go to
User Settings mode and select
Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
How to use the Smart Trunk
The trunk can be opened with notouch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
i Information
• The Smart Trunk does not operate
when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and 60 inches
(1.5 m) from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with
Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
3-54
OHI046025N
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and chime will sound to alert
you the smart key has been detected
and the trunk will open.
03
i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the trunk to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate,
leave the detecting area with the smart
key. The trunk will stay closed.
(Continued)
• Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Trunk when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the
trunk may open inadvertently.
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children
may inadvertently open the
Smart Trunk while playing
around the rear area of the
vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart
Trunk function using the smart
key
OHI046026N
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound several times
and then the trunk will slowly open.
The smart trunk does not operate,
when the trunk lid control button is
pressed to the LOCK position.
WARNING
• Make sure you close the trunk
before driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
trunk.
• Make sure objects in the trunk
do not come out when opening the trunk on a slope. It
may cause serious injury.
(Continued)
OHI046058
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open
4. Panic button
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the smart trunk function will
be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• If you press the door lock button (1)
or trunk open button (3) when the
Smart Trunk function is not in the
Detect and Alert stage, the smart
trunk function will not be deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Trunk function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
OHI046027N
• The Smart Trunk operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 20~40 inches (50
~100 cm) from the trunk.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the detecting area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
i Information
• The Smart Trunk function will not
work if any of the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked on
a slope or unpaved road, etc.
3-56
03
FUEL FILLER DOOR
Opening the Fuel Filler Door
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved de-icer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
OHI046034
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
Closing the Fuel Filler Door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
OHI046035
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to
fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
Place the cap on the fuel filler
door.
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
(Continued)
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric
capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. If you
must re-enter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
(Continued)
3-58
(Continued)
• When refueling, always move
the shift lever to the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
03
i Information
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel Requirements"
suggested in the Introduction chapter.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel
spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
Emergency Fuel Filler Door
Release
NOTICE
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a Genesis/Hyundai
cap or the equivalent specified for
your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission
control system.
OHI046036L
If the fuel filler door does not open
using the remote fuel filler door
release button, you can open it manually. Pull the handle of the release
located on the left side of the luggage compartment outward slightly.
NOTICE
Do not pull the handle excessively,
otherwise the luggage area trim or
release handle may be damaged.
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHI046100N
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including trip computer)
NOTICE
All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine
sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, we recommend you to purchase Genesis/Hyundai Part to replace an exterior
amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the
exterior amplifiers.
3-60
03
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
OHI046101L
OHI046412
When the vehicle's parking lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
The speedometer indicates the speed
of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles
per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per
hour (km/h).
Tachometer
OHI046102
OHI046110L
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions
per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
Fuel gauge
OHI046104
OHI046103
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
"H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 6.
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
i Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or
reservoir cap when the engine is
hot. The engine coolant is under
pressure and could severely
burn. Wait until the engine is cool
before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.You
must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after
the warning light comes on or
when the gauge indicator comes
close to the "E (Empty)" level.
NOTICE
3-62
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
03
Odometer
Range
OHI046114N
OHI046186N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
The range is the estimated distance
the vehicle can be driven with the
remaining fuel in the fuel tank.
If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the cluster will display
"----" as the range.
i Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance.
• The range may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters of fuel
are added to the vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
Outside temperature gauge
Transmission shift indicator
OHI046111N
OHI046112
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately
like a general thermometer (to avoid
distracting the driver).
To change the temperature unit from
°F to °C or °C to °F, it can be selected
by one of the following methods:
This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is
selected.
• Park : P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
• Drive : D
• Manual mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Shift indicator pop-up
- Go to the 'User Settings ➝ Other
Features ➝ Temperature Unit' on
the LCD display.
- Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds while pressing the OFF button
on the climate control system.
Both the temperature unit on the
cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
OHI046113
The pop-up displays the current gear
position selected for 2 seconds
(P/R/N/D).
3-64
03
Warning and Indicator Lights
Supplemental Restraint
System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more information, refer to the
"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds.
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more
information, refer to "Brake
Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding
brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid
leak is found, or if the warning light
remains on, or if the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights
illuminate at the same
time while driving:
When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
i Information - Electronic
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with the
ABS (The normal braking system will
still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
3-66
Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the MDPS
Warning Light may illuminate and the
steering effort may increase or decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
Motor-Driven Power
Steering (MDPS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the MDPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Charging System
Warning Light
If this warning light comes on while
the engine is running, the battery is
not being charged. Immediately turn
off all electrical accessories. Try not
to use electrically operated controls,
such as the power windows. Keep
the engine running; stopping then
restarting the engine will quickly discharge the battery.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more information, refer to "Engine Oil" in
chapter 7). If the level is low, add
oil as required.
NOTICE
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil and restarting the
engine or if oil is not available,
turn off the engine. There is a
mechanical concern that needs to
be repaired before you can continue driving. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
3-68
NOTICE
To prevent severe engine damage,
after the Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light is illuminated and
as soon as it is safe to do so, turn
the engine off and check the oil
level.
If the oil level is low, fill the engine
oil to the proper level and start the
engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the
engine off immediately.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter.
03
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This warning light remains ON
after blinking for approximately 60
seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON
and OFF in 3 second intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
i Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicates
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction of
the EPB).
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually with
light force, and slowly move to
a safe position off the road.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) Warning
light
Adaptive Front Lighting
System (AFLS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates :
• When the AEB system is turned off.
• When the radar sensor or cover is
blocked with dirt or snow. Check
the sensor and cover and clean
them by using a soft cloth.
• When there is a malfunction with
AEB. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
This warning light illuminates :
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AFLS.
If there is a malfunction with the
AFLS:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
3-70
03
Master Warning Light
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following
systems:
- Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) malfunction
- Smart high beam malfunction
- Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFLS) malfunction
- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) malfunction
- Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
- Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) malfunction
- Advanced smart cruise control
malfunction
- Electronic Controlled Suspension
(ECS) malfunction
- Haptic steering malfunction
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more information, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you place the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more information, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON
position.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON,
but the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery voltage of the
smart key is low.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the ignition
switch or the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more
information, refer to "Starting
the Engine" in chapter 5).
3-72
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indicator.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light
blinks rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light
does not illuminate at all
If either of these conditions occur,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
High Beam Indicator
Light
SPORT Mode Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "SPORT" mode as
drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in chapter 5.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the tail lights or headlights are
on.
Smart High Beam indicator (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the Smart High
Beam system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
For more information, refer to
"Smart High Beam" in this chapter.
SMART Mode Indicator Light
This indicator illuminates:
When you select “SMART” mode as
drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in chapter 5.
ECO Mode Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates :
When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in this chapter.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
INDIVIDUAL Mode
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When you select "INDIVIUAL" mode
as drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in chapter 5.
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD switch.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Auto Hold" in chapter 5.
3-74
Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When the system operating conditions are satisfied for
LKAS.
• [White] When the system operating
conditions are not satisfied or
when the sensor does not detect
the lane line.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist
system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist System (LKAS)" in
chapter 5.
03
LCD Display Messages
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON
position).
Press START button again
OHI046123L
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
OHI046122L
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,
for your safety, we recommend that
you start the engine with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position.
Shift to "P"
This message is displayed if you
were unable to start the vehicle when
the Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the
engine by pressing the Start/Stop
button again.
If the warning message appears
each time you press the Start/Stop
button, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
OHI046120L
This message is displayed if you try
to turn off the engine without the shift
lever in P (Park) position.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press brake pedal to start engine
Low Key Battery
OHI046119L
OHI046118L
This warning message is displayed if
the Engine Start/Stop button changes
to the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
In order to start the vehicle, press the
brake pedal to start the engine.
This warning message is displayed if
the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop
button changes to the OFF position.
Key not detected
Press START button with key
OHI046116L
OHI046117L
This warning message is displayed if
you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key
not detected" is shown.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
3-76
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
03
Key not in vehicle
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/trunk is fully closed. Also,
check there is no door/hood/
trunk open warning light or
message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
Sunroof open
OHI046115L
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine Start/Stop
button.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
Door / Hood / Trunk open
OHI046126
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when the sunroof is
open.
OHI046125
This warning is displayed indicating
which door, or the hood, or the trunk
is open.
If the door/hood/trunk open warning is
blocked with another warning message, an icon will appear on the top of
the LCD display.
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
Low Tire Pressure
OHI046124L
OHI046129N
This warning message is displayed if
the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
If this message is displayed, replace
the fuse with a new one before starting the vehicle. If that is not possible,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button for 10
seconds in the ACC position.
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Check Active Air Flap System
Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"
OHI046131L
OHI046130
This warning message is displayed if
the fuse switch under the steering
wheel is OFF.
If this message is displayed, turn the
fuse switch on.
For more information, refer to
"Fuses" in chapter 7.
3-78
This warning message is displayed
in the following situations:
- There is a malfunction with the
actuator flap
- There is a malfunction with the
actuator air flap controller
- The air flap does not open
When all of the above conditions are
fixed, the warning will disappear.
03
Low Fuel
Engine has overheated
OHI046145L
OHI046147L
This warning message is displayed if
the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the
vehicle range is approximately 30
miles.
When this message is displayed, the
low fuel level warning light in the
cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
If your vehicle is equipped with a
head-up display, Low Fuel warning
will be displayed only on the head-up
display.
This warning message is displayed
when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This
means that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check turn signal
Check Smart High Beam
System
OHI046153L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem the turn signal.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
"BULB WATTAGE" in chapter 8.
OHI046142L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Smart
High Beam System. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Smart High Beam System" in
chapter 3.
Illumination
OHI046110L
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed when
it is adjusted.
For more information, refer to
"Instrument Panel Illumination" in
chapter 3.
3-80
03
Lights Mode
Low Washer Fluid
OHI046148L
OHI046150L
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
This warning message is displayed
in the service reminder mode if the
washer fluid level in the reservoir is
nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir
refilled.
Wiper
Parking assist system malfunction (if equipped)
OHI046149L
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
OHI046174
This warning is displayed if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
System. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Parking Assist System" in chapter 3.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check haptic steering wheel
system (if equipped)
Shifter Malfunction
OHI046134L
OHI046135L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the haptic
steering wheel system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Check shift lever
OHI046133L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the shift lever.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-82
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the automatic transmission system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
03
Check ECS (if equipped)
Check PSB
OHI046132L
OHI046144L
This warning message is displayed if
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) system is not working properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)" in chapter 5.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Pre-active
Seat Belt (PSB) system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Seat Belt" in chapter 2.
i Information
Check BSD System (if equipped)
When there is a malfunction with the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
the Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) warning message may be displayed as well as the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) indicator
light.
OHI046137L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Blind Spot
Detection (BSD) system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
System" in chapter 5.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check AEB system
Cruise indicator
OHI046143L
OHI056134
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) system.
In some cases, the AEB sensor or
the cover located in the lower front
grille may be dirty or obscured with
dirt or snow. Check the sensor and
cover and clean them by using a soft
cloth.
If the warning message persists,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) System" in chapter 5.
The indicator is displayed when the
cruise control system is enabled (1)
and the cruise control speed is set
(2).
For more information, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
System" in chapter 5.
Check LKAS (if equipped)
OHI056117L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Lane
Keeping Assist System (LKAS). We
recommend you to have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)" in chapter 5.
3-84
03
Driver Attention Alert
Check System
OHI046141L
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Alert System. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in
chapter 5.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Display Control
OHI046400N
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the
steering wheel.
1.
: MODE button for changing modes
2.
,
: MOVE switch for changing items
3. OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
3-86
03
LCD Modes
Modes
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn
(TBT)
(if equipped)
Assist
User Settings
Warning
Symbol
Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.
For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in
this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
• This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise
Control (SCC) and Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS)/Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).
For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" and "Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS)/Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)" in chapter 5.
• This mode displays information related to Driver
Attention Alert and Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
For more information, refer to "Driver Attention
Alert (DAA)" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
In this mode, you can change settings of the
doors, lamps, etc.
This mode displays warning messages related to
the Blind Spot Detection system, etc.
The information provided differs according to the items applied to your
vehicle.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
Edit settings after shifting to P
Trip computer mode
OHI046154L
OHI046156N
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including range, fuel
economy, trip meter information and
vehicle speed.
For more information, refer to
"Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Quick guide help
Press and hold the OK button in the
User Settings mode, the explanation
about the selected item is displayed.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
OHI046157N
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
3-88
03
Assist mode
OHI046160L
OHI046158N
SCC/LKAS
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) and
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
For more information, refer to
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control"
and "Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)" in chapter 5.
OHI056120L
Driver Attention Alert (DAA)
This mode displays information related to Driver Attention Alert (DAA).
For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in
chapter 5.
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Warning mode
If one of followings occurs, warning
messages will be displayed in the
information mode for several seconds.
- Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) malfunction
- Smart high beam malfunction
- Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFLS) malfunction
- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) malfunction (if equipped)
- Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) malfunction
- Advanced smart cruise control
malfunction
- Electronic Controlled Suspension
(ECS) malfunction
- Haptic steering malfunction
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
User settings mode
OHI046162L
OHI046161L
In this mode, you can change the
setting of the head-up display, instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc.
1. Head-Up Display
2. Driving Assist
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service Interval
8. Other Features
9. Reset
The information provided differs
according to the items applied to your
vehicle.
1. Head-Up Display
• Head-Up Display
If this item is checked, it will turn on
the head-up display.
• Display Height
To adjust the height of the image.
• Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image.
• Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image.
• Content Select
To select the information displayed
- Turn by Turn
- Traffic information
- Smart cruise control
- Lane keeping assist system
- Blind spot detection system
• Speedometer Size
To select the speedometer font size.
- Large/Medium/Small
• Speedometer Color
To select the speedometer font color.
White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to the
"Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
3-90
03
• Autonomous Emergency Braking
To activate or deactivate the Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB).
For more information, refer to
"Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB)" in chapter 5.
OHI046208L
2. Driving Assist
• Lane Keeping Assist System
To adjust the sensitivity of the Lane
Keeping Assist System.
- Lane Departure/Standard LKA/Active
LKA
For more information, refer to the
"Lane Keeping Assist System" in
chapter 5.
• Driver Attention Alert
To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver
Attention Alert (DAA).
- Off/Normal/Early
For more information, refer to the
"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in
chapter 5.
• Smart Cruise Control Response
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart
Cruise Control system.
- Slow/Normal/Fast
For more information, refer to the
"Advanced Smart Cruise Control"
in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision Warning
To adjust the initial warning alert time
for Automatic Emergency Braking
system.
- Late/Normal/Early
For more information, refer to
"Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB)" in chapter 5.
• Lane Change Assist
To adjust the initial warning alert time
for the Lane Change Assist.
- Normal/Late
For more information, refer to
"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert
To activate or deactivate the Rear
Cross Traffic Alert system.
For more information, refer to
"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.
• Blind Spot Detection Sound
To activate or deactivate the Blind
Spot Detection sound.
For more information, refer to
"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Lock/Unlock Sound
To activate or deactivate the lock
sound when the doors are locked
and unlocked.
• Smart Trunk
To activate or deactivate the Smart
Trunk system.
For more information, refer to the
"Smart Trunk" in this chapter.
OHI046206N
3. Door
• Automatically Lock
- Enable on Speed: All doors will be
automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
- Enable on Shift: All doors will be
automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is shifted
from the P (Park) position to the R
(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
position.
• Automatically Unlock
- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine
Star/Stop button is set to the OFF
position.
- On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic
transmission shift lever is shifted to
the P (Park) position.
• Two Press Unlock
- To activate or deactivate the two
press unlock function. If activated,
the driver's door will unlock if the
door is unlocked. When the door is
unlocked again within 4 seconds,
all doors will unlock.
3-92
OHI046165L
4. Lights
• One Touch Turn Signal
- Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when
the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more information, refer to
"Light" in this chapter.
• Ambient Light Color
To select the color of the ambient
light.
- Polar White/Ocean Blue/Lake Blue
Green/Orchid Green/Freesia Yellow/
Sunrise Red/Aurora Purple
• Ambient Light Brightness
To select the brightness of the ambient
light.
- Level 1~4
03
• Headlamp Delay
To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function.
For more information, refer to
"Light" in this chapter
OHI046196L
5. Sound
• Park Assist System Volume
To adjust the Park Assist System volume.
- Level 1~3
• Welcome Sound
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
• Seat Easy Access
- None: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
- Normal/Extended: When you turn
off the engine, the driver's seat will
automatically move rearward short
(Normal) or long (Extended) for you
to enter or exit the vehicle more
comfortably.
For more information, refer to
"Seat Position Memory System" in
this chapter.
• Steering Easy Access
- On: The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward
for the driver to enter or exit the
vehicle comfortably.
- Off: The steering easy access function will be deactivated.
For more information, refer to
"Seat Position Memory System" in
this chapter.
• Wireless Charging System
To activate or deactivate the wireless
charging system in the front seat.
For more information, refer to
"Wireless Charging System" in
this chapter.
• Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/
Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display
shows the selected Wiper/Light mode
whenever you change the mode.
OHI046167L
6. Convenience
• Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear
position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position
will be displayed on the LCD display.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
OHI046168L
OHI046169L
7. Service Interval
• Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service
interval function.
8. Other Features
• Fuel Economy Auto Reset
- Off: The average fuel economy will
not reset automatically whenever
refueling.
- After Ignition: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours
after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
For more information, refer to
"Trip Computer" in this chapter.
• Adjust Interval
To adjust the interval by mileage and
period.
• Reset
To reset the service interval function.
• Fuel Economy Unit
To select the fuel economy unit.
(km/L, L/100)
• Temperature Unit
To select the temperature unit.
(°C,°F)
• Tire Pressure Unit
To select the tire pressure unit.
(psi, kPa, bar)
9. Reset
You can reset the menus in the User
Settings mode. All menus in the User
Settings mode are initialized, except
language and service interval.
3-94
03
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the battery
is disconnected.
Trip modes
Fuel Economy
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
OHI046400N
To change the trip mode, toggle the
UP/DOWN arrow switch " ,
" on
the steering wheel.
Fuel economy
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Elapsed Time
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Elapsed Time
Digital Speedometer
OHI046156N
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
For more information on the OK
button, refer to the "LCD Display
Control" in this chapter.
Automatic reset
To reset the average fuel economy
automatically whenever refueling,
select the "After refueling" menu in
User Settings mode of the LCD display (Refer to "LCD Display").
Under "After refueling" menu, the
average fuel economy will be cleared
to zero (----) when the vehicle speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h) after refueling more than 2 gallons (6 liters).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 mile (0.3 km) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
This mode displays the instantaneous fuel economy while driving
when the vehicle speed is greater
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Driving Info display
OHI046171N
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel economy (2),
and the total driving time (3).
The information is calculated for each
ignition cycle. The driving information
data gets initialized, when it has
passed 4 hours after turning OFF the
engine. In other words, the last driving information is available 4 hours
after you have turned on the engine.
To manually reset the information,
press and hold the OK button when
viewing the Driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and
total driving time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue to
be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is
in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-96
03
Accumulated Info display
Digital speedometer
OHI046172N
OHI046173N
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
economy (2), and the total driving
time (3).
The information is calculated starting
from the last reset.
To manually reset the information,
press and hold the OK button when
viewing the Accumulated driving info.
The trip distance, the average fuel
economy, and total driving time will
reset simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information
will continue to be counted while the
engine is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light.)
This message shows the speed of
the vehicle.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
HEAD-UP DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)
Have your head-up display maintained by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products. The
head-up
display
maintenance
requires a special windshield exclusive for the head-up display.
NOTICE
OHI046401
The Head-Up Display is a transparent display which projects a shadow
of information of the instrument cluster and navigation on the windshield
glass.
Precautions while using the
Head-Up Display
It may be difficult to read information
on the Head-Up Display in the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver's seat.
- The diver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head-up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the headup display information, adjust the
head-up display angle or the headup display brightness level in the
User Settings mode. For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in
this chapter.
3-98
• Do not tint the front windshield
glass or add other types of
metallic coating. Otherwise, the
head-up display image may be
invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on
the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield glass.
WARNING
The Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
system is a supplemental device
for your safe driving. Do not
solely depend on the blind spot
detection warnings to change
lanes. Always take a look around
before changing lanes.
i Information
When replacing the front windshield
glass of the vehicles equipped with the
head up display, replace it with a
windshield glass designed for the
head-up display operation.
Otherwise, duplicated images may be
displayed on the windshield glass.
03
Head-Up Display ON/OFF
Head-Up Display information
OHI046504N
OHI046175L
To activate the head-up display,
select "Head-Up Display" on the
User Settings mode in the cluster.
If you do not select "Head-Up
Display", the head-up display will be
deactivated.
1. Turn-by-turn (TBT) navigation
information
2. Road information
3. Driving speed information
4. Cruise system set speed information
5. Advanced smart cruise information
6. Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) information
7. Blind spot detection warnings
8. Warning lights
9. AV information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as Head-Up
Display contents, the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information will not
be displayed on the LCD Display.
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
Head-Up Display setting
OHI046162L
The driver can set the Head-Up
Display menus by using the Users
Settings mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
• Head-Up Display
• Display Height
• Rotation
• Brightness
• Content Select
• Speedometer Size
• Speedometer Color
3-100
03
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
■ Type A
OHI046414N
OHI046413N
■ Type B
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light
outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in
operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, driving in
the rain, or when you enter dark
areas, such as tunnels and parking
facilities.
OHI046413
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
Type A
1. DRL (Daytime Running Lights)
OFF position
2. AUTO light position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
Type B
1. OFF position
2. AUTO light position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located in front of
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the
AUTO light system may not work
properly.
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
High beam operation
OHI046415N
Parking lamp position (
)
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are turned
ON.
OHI046418N
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
WARNING
OHI046416N
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
i Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-102
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
03
OHI046417N
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
Smart High Beam
OHI046419N
The Smart High Beam is a system
that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The smart high beam ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3. The Smart High Beam will turn on
when vehicle speed is above
25 mph (40km/h).
• If the lever is pushed away when
the Smart High Beam is operating,
the Smart High Beam will turn off
and the high beam will be on continuously. The smart high beam
( ) indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
and turns on the high beam when
the Smart High Beam is operating,
the Smart High Beam will turn off.
4. If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, the Smart
High Beam will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
The high beam switches to low beam
in the below conditions.
- When the Smart High Beam is off.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When the surrounding is bright
enough high beams are not needed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When vehicle speed is below 15 mph
(24 km/h).
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Warning message
■ Master warning
OHI046489N/OHI046490N
Warning light and message
When the Smart High Beam Assist
System is not working properly, the
warning message will come on for a
few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products and have the system checked.
WARNING
The system may not operate normally in the below conditions.
• When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp damage, hidden from sight, etc.
• When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
• When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is covered with foreign matters such
as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
• When there is a similar shape
lamp with the front vehicle’s
lamps.
(Continued)
3-104
(Continued)
• When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow.
• When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized dealer.
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow
curved road or rough road.
• When driving downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad
or curved road.
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror.
• When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
• When the front vehicle's headlamps are off but the fog lamps
on.
• When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
• When the LKAS (Lane Keeping
Assist System) warning light
illuminates.
03
WARNING
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint on the windshield.
• Have the windshield glass
replaced from an authorized
dealer.
• Do not remove or impact related parts of the Smart High
Beam system.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the Smart High Beam
unit.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the Smart High
Beam system may not work
properly, always check the
road conditions for your safety. When the system does not
operate normally, manually
change between the high
beam and low beam.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
OHI046420N
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
Onetouch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal
function, push the turn signal lever up
or down to position (B) and then
release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) from the User Settings mode
(Light) on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery saver function
Headlamp delay function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the engine off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
when the engine is turned off, perform
the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed in the ACC position or the
OFF position with the headlamps
ON, the headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,
with the engine off if the driver's door
is opened and closed, the headlamps
(and/or parking lamps) are turned off
after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the smart key
twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver’s door), the battery saver function does not operate and the
headlamp delay function does not
turn off automatically. Therefore, It
causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure
to turn off the lamp before getting
out of the vehicle.
3-106
03
AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting
System) a.k.a. DBL
(Dynamic Bending Light)
OHI046473
Adaptive front lighting system uses
the steering angle and vehicle
speed, to keep your field of vision
wide by swiveling and leveling the
headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO position when the engine is running. The
adaptive front lighting system will
operate when the headlamp is ON.
To turn off the AFLS, change the
switch to other positions. After turning the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling
no longer occurs, but leveling operates continuously.
If the AFLS malfunction indicator
comes on, the AFLS is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can help others to see the front of
your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
• The light switch is in the parking or
headlamp lamp position, including
the operation that the parking lamp
or headlamp is turned on automatically in the AUTO light position.
• The engine is turned off.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The turn signal light is on.
If you turn on the turn signal light,
only the corresponding daytime
running lights will turn off.
• The parking brake is applied.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior Lights
•
Press either of these buttons to
turn the map lamp on or off. This
light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night
or as a personal lamp for the driver
and the front passenger.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.The interior lights may obscure your view
and cause an accident.
NOTICE
•
•
:
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or
not. When doors are unlocked by
the Smart Key, the front and rear
lamps come on for approximately
30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps will turn off. If a door is
opened with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position or the
OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
•
:
Press this button to turn the front
and rear room lamps on and off.
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors closed. If a door is opened, the
lamp will go off 40 minutes after the
engine is turned off. If the doors are
locked by the remote key or smart
key and the vehicle enters the armed
stage of the theft alarm system, the
lamps will go off five seconds later.
Front lamps
OHI046423
3-108
:
Press the button to turn ON all
front lamps. Re-repress the button
to turn OFF all front lamps.
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine
is turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
:
03
Rear lamp
NOTICE
■ Type A
Do not leave the lamp switches on
for an extended period of time
when the engine is turned off.
Trunk room lamp
OHI046424
■ Type B
OHI046426
The trunk room lamp comes on
when the trunk is opened.
NOTICE
OHI046425L
•
:
Press the button to turn ON the
rear map lamp and the door handle
lamps. You cannot separately turn
OFF the door handle lamps. Repress the button to turn OFF the
rear map lamp and the door handle
lamps together.
•
The trunk lamp comes on as long
as the trunk lid is open. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain, close the trunk lid securely
after using the trunk.
:
Press this button to turn the rear
room lamps on and off.
•
:
Press the button to dim the rear
map lamp. Re-press the button to
turn OFF the rear map lamp.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
Vanity mirror lamp (Front)
Glove box lamp
OHI046428
OHI046427
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
Vanity mirror lamp (Rear)
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
Puddle lamp
OHI046430
Press the vanity mirror on the vehicle
ceiling. Then, it automatically turns
ON the rear vanity mirror lamp while
opening the cover.
OHI046429
3-110
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the smart key or
outside door handle button.
For more information, refer to "Welcome
System" in this chapter.
03
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position and the driver's
door is opened, the puddle lamp will
come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30
seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off
after 15 seconds. If the driver's door
is closed and locked, the puddle
lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
Headlamp and Parking lamp
When the headlamp (with the lamp
switch in the headlamp or AUTO
position) is on and all doors (and
trunk) are locked and closed, the
parking lamp and headlamp will
come on for 15 seconds if/or any of
the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
parking lamp and headlamp will turn
off immediately.
Welcome System
Welcome light
You can activate or deactivate the
Welcome Light from the User Settings
mode on the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
Interior lamp
OHI046411N
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the door handle
lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When you put your hand into the
door handle while carrying the
smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the remote key or
smart key the room lamp will turn off
immediately.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield Wipers
OHI046421L
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Auto control wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes
3-112
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To
vary the speed setting, move
the speed control lever. The top
most setting will run the wipers
most frequently (for more rain).
The bottom setting will run the
wipers the least frequently (for
less rain).
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the wiper and washer
system.
03
AUTO (Automatic) control
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the
wiper operates.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper will
operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF (O)
position to stop the auto wiper
operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch
is set in the AUTO mode while
washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to system parts
could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
• There may be a malfunction with
the wiper sensor while operating
in the AUTO mode, when there
are interruptions by foreign substances, such as small pebbles,
dust, or insects, or when an outside brightness is abruptly
changed while driving.
• There may be a malfunction with
the wiper sensor in detecting a
rainfall amount, when the front
windshield is coated with wax,
or when the wiper blades are
worn out.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield Washers
NOTICE
OHI046422L
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on
the windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release
the lever. If the washer does not work,
you may need to add washer fluid to
the washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm
the windshield using the
defroster to prevent the washer
fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
3-114
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids
in the winter season or cold
weather.
03
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
Rear View Camera (if equipped)
OHI046477L
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the Rear
View Camera when backingup.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
NOTICE
OHI046476
The Rear View Camera will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
This is a supplemental system that
helps provide a view of the area
behind the vehicle through the A/V
display while the vehicle is in the R
(Reverse) position.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with dirt or snow.
• Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents when cleaning the lens.
Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water.
WARNING
The Rear View Camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle.
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
Multi-View Camera System
(if equipped)
OHI046408
The Multi-View Camera System can
assist in parking by allowing the driver to see around the vehicle.
Press the multi-view camera button
to turn on the system with the engine
running. Re-press the button again to
turn off the system
Operating conditions
- When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position
- When the shift lever is on D, N or R
- When the vehicle speed is lower
than 9 mph (15 km/h)
CAUTION
1) Front camera
2) Left/Right
camera
3) Rear camera
OHI046409
(Continued)
3-116
(Continued)
The multi-view camera system
is a supplemental system to
assist you in parking. However,
the screen displays an integrated image, which combines 4
images from the front/rear/right/
left cameras. Therefore, the
actual parking line locations
may differ from the image displayed on the screen.
ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no
objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The camera may not work normally
if the lens is covered with foreign
material.
i Information
• When vehicle speed is over 9 mph (15
km/h), the multi-view camera system
will turn off. The system will not automatically turn on again, even though
vehicle speed gets below 9 mph (15
km/h). Press the button again, to turn
on the system.
• When the vehicle is backing up, the
multi-view camera system will turn
ON regardless of vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is
over 6 mph (10 km/h) when driving
forward, the system will turn off.
• A warning appears on the system
when:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver's door is opened
- The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is folded
(Continued)
03
(Continued)
• If the multi-view camera system is
not operating normally, the system
should be checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Detailed information is described in a
separately supplied manual.
Parking Assist System
■ Front sensor
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
not any objects or obstacles
before moving the vehicle in
any direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all
of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Sensors
OHI046402N
■ Rear sensor
Sensors
OHI046403
The Parking Assist System assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39
inches (100 cm) in front and 47 inches (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation of the parking assist
system
■ Type A
OHI046405L
■ Type B
OHI046406L
Operating condition
• This system will activate when the
Parking Assist button is pressed
with the engine running.
• Sensing distance when backing up
is approximately 47 in (120 cm)
when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• Sensing distance when moving forward is approximately 39 in (100
cm) when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
3-118
• If you move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position with the engine
running and the Parking Assist
System off, the Parking Assist
System will operate automatically.
But it will turn off automatically,
when the vehicle speed exceeds
12 mph (20 km/h). The system will
not automatically operate again
even if vehicle speed returns to
6 mph (10 km/h).
03
Types of warning sound and indicator
Distance
from object
24 ~ 39
(61 ~ 100)
Front
24 ~ 47
(61 ~ 120)
Rear
When driving
forward
-
Warning sound
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
frequently
12 ~ 24
(31 ~ 60)
-
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Front
12
(30)
Rear
When driving
rearward
-
Front
Rear
inches (cm)
Warning indicator
-
Buzzer sounds
continuously
NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors
status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a
malfunction with the Parking Assist System. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
parking assist system
Parking assist system may not
operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
There is a possibility of parking
assist system malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when:
• Outside air temperature is extremely
hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
Parking assist system precautions
• The parking assist system may not
operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the
speed of the vehicle and the
shapes of the objects detected.
• The parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height
or sensor installation has been
modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the
sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or
the debris is removed. Use a soft
cloth to wipe debris away from the
sensor.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the sensors to fail to operate
normally.
WARNING
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3-120
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Parking Assist System. Always
drive safely and cautiously.
03
DEFROSTER
NOTICE
i Information
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface
of the rear window, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to the
"Windshield
Defrosting
and
Defogging" section in this chapter.
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately
20 minutes or when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
side view mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
Rear Window Defroster
Front Wiper Deicer
If your vehicle is equipped with the
front wiper deicer, it will be operating
at the same time you operate the
rear window defroster.
OHI046304
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch
panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
■ Front
■ Rear
OHI046301/OHI046302L
Front
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Driver’s fan speed control button
3. Driver’s AUTO button
4. Driver’s mode selection button
5. Passenger’s temperature control knob
6. Passenger’s fan speed control button
7. Passenger’s AUTO button
8. Passenger’s mode selection button
9. Front windshield defroster button
10. Rear window defroster button
11. AQS (Air quality system) button
12. Air intake control button
13. Air conditioning button
14. SYNC button
15. OFF button
3-122
Rear
16. Rear fan speed control knob
17. Rear mode selection button
18. Rear OFF button
19. Rear AUTO button
20. Rear temperature control knob
21. LCD display
03
Automatic Heating and Air
Conditioning
■ Driver’s side
■ Front
• Driver’s side
• Passenger’s side
■ Passenger’s side
OHI046307
■ Rear
OHI046306
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting you select.
OHI046308
2. Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign
will illuminate on the LCD display
once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 73°F (23°C).
NOTICE
OHI046309N
Never place anything near or covering the sensor (both inside and
outside the vehicle) to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
Manual Heating and Air
Conditioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
The climate control system settings
will be maintained, even when the
engine is turned OFF. However, the
climate control system settings will
be initialized when the battery has
been discharged, or when the cables
have been disconnected. In this
case, adjust the climate control system settings again.
3-124
03
Mode selection
OHI046312
Rear outlet vents (F)
The rear outlet vents are controlled by the rear climate control system.
However, external conditions and manual settings also have influences on the
actual operation of the rear outlet vents by blocking air flows or changing air
flow volumes.
The rear outlet vents may blow slightly cooler air when the heater is operating due to some heat loss through the air ducts from the front of the vehicle.
To prevent this, the rear outlet vents may not blow any air immediately after a
cold start when the outside temperature is detected to be extremely low in
winter and the engine has not sufficiently warmed up.
Side outlet vents (D)
G90 is equipped with temperature sensors inside the side outlet vents to
accurately measure and control air temperature both in the driver’s seat and
the front passenger’s seat. However, when the side outlet vents are closed,
the temperature sensor will measure air temperature only inside the side outlet vents. For accurate temperature control, open the side outlet vents.
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s side
■ Passenger’s side
Face-Level (B, C, D, F, G)
OHI046310
Front mode selection button
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
A small amount of air blows from the
floor air vents to help provide pleasant air quality inside the passenger
compartment.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, E, D)
i Information
The passenger's side cannot select the
Floor & Defrost (
) mode.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, E, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
3-126
03
Face-Level (G, F)
Air flow is toward the upper body and
face
Bi-Level (G, E, F)
OHI046311L
Rear mode selection button
If you press the rear mode selection
button, you can adjust the rear mode
individually.
To adjust the rear mode individually,
go to the DIS Navigation screen and
select 'Setup → General → Rear
Seat Displays' and deselect 'Lock
Rear Controls' (the RSE button indicator on the rear armrest will turn off).
If the Lock Rear Controls is selected
(the RSE button indicator on the rear
armrest will turn on), the rear mode
will operate same as the front mode.
For more information, refer to
the "Setup" section of the DIS
Navigation Manual supplied separately.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Air flow is toward the face and floor
Floor-Level (F)
Air flow is toward the floor.
i Information
If the
indicator illuminates on the
LCD display of the rear climate control
system, the air flow will be blocked,
and the rear mode selection button will
become inoperable in the below situations.
- The front windshield defroster is ON.
- The auto defogging system operates.
- Right after the heating and air conditioning system is operated in winter.
- The climate control system is turned
OFF after turning ON the front
defroster button.
To operate the rear mode selection buttons again, turn OFF the front
defroster button while operating the
climate control system.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Front
OHI046314
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OHI046315
■ Rear
OHI046316
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened ( )
or closed ( ) separately using the
thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
3-128
03
Temperature control
■ Front
• Driver’s side
• Passenger’s side
OHI046307
■ Rear
Temperature unit conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
This is a normal condition. You can
switch the temperature mode between
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
- Automatic climate control system
While pressing the OFF button,
press the driver's side AUTO button
for 3 seconds or more. The display
will change from Centigrade to
Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade.
- 'User settings mode' in the cluster :
You can change the temperature unit
in the 'Other features - Temperature
unit'
OHI046308
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the temperature. Turn the knob to the
left to decrease temperature.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each button press. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
SYNC button
OHI046333L
OHI046318
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature and air flow
direction equally
• Press the SYNC button (button
indicator ON) to adjust the driver
and front/rear passenger side temperature and air flow direction
equally.
The front and rear passenger side
temperature and air flow direction
will be set to the same temperature
and air flow direction as the driver’s
side.
• Turn the temperature control knob
for the driver's side to control the
temperature settings of all seats.
Also, press the mode selection button for the driver's side to control
the air flow direction of all seats.
3-130
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature and air flow
direction individually
• Press the SYNC button again (button indicator OFF) to adjust the
driver and front/rear passenger
side temperature and air flow
direction individually.
• When the temperature settings are
differently adjustable :
- Operate the driver's side temperature control knob and mode
selection button to adjust the driver's side temperature and air
flow directions.
- Operate the front/rear passenger's side temperature control
knob and mode selection button
to adjust the front/rear passenger's side temperature and air
flow directions.
03
Air intake control
i Information
OHI046321
This button is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn
through the heating system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
the recirculated air position
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness, that may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
the recirculated air position
(without the air conditioning
selected) may allow humidity
to increase inside the vehicle
which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause serious injury or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air quality system (AQS)
OHI046330
The air inflow from outside the vehicle can be automatically controlled.
Press the button to activate the air
quality control system.
When using AQS mode, AQS (Air
Quality System) automatically senses outdoor air pollutants and minimizes them from entering the vehicle, however, unpleasant or foul
odors that might be present may still
be noticeable within the vehicle.
Exhaust gas cutoff mode :
Air enters the vehicle from the outside.
If exhaust gas from the outside of the
vehicle is detected, the exhaust gas cutoff mode is automatically converted
from the outside air position to the recirculated air position to prevent exhaust
gas from entering the vehicle.
The AQS does not operate in any of
the following situations :
• The AQS button is re-repressed to
the OFF position.
• Either the outside (fresh) air position or the recirculated air position
is selected.
• The defroster button is pressed to
the ON position, or the floor &
defrost (
) mode is selected.
• The temperature is set to either the
highest (HI) or the lowest (Lo) position, while the climate control system is automatically controlled
(AUTO button indicator ON).
• The OFF button of the climate control system is selected.
• The auto defogging system operates to defog the front windshield.
i Information
If the windows fog up with the
Recirculation or AQS mode selected,
set the air intake control to the fresh
air position or or turn off the AQS
mode.
Fan speed control
■ Front
i Information
• The AQS button indicator will immediately illuminate when the engine is
started with the AQS in the ON position. However, the AQS starts operating after 40 seconds.
• The AQS filters out toxic exhaust (i.e.
NO, NO2, SO2, CO, CxHy) to prevent it from entering the passenger
compartment but, does not totally
block odor.
3-132
OHI046324
Press the ( ) button to increase the
fan speed and air flow. Press the ( )
button to decrease fan speed and air
flow.
03
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Air conditioning
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan
speed when the engine is running.
■ Rear
OHI046323
Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
i Information
OHI046331
Turn the knob to the right ( ) to
increase the fan speed and airflow.
Turn the knob to the left ( ) to
decrease fan speed and airflow.
To adjust the rear fan speed control
individually, go to the DIS Navigation
screen and select 'Setup → General
→ Rear Seat Displays' and deselect
'Lock Rear Controls' (the RSE button
indicator on the rear armrest will turn
off). If the Lock Rear Controls is
selected (the RSE button indicator on
the rear armrest will turn on), the rear
fan speed control will operate same
as the front fan speed control.
For more information, refer to the
"Setup" section of the DIS
Navigation Manual supplied separately.
When AUTO mode and the desired
temperature have been selected, the
climate control system will select the
A/C operation automatically. The A/C
button is not illuminated at all times
during AUTO mode operation.
OFF mode
OHI046326
Push the OFF button to turn off the
climate control system.
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
System Operation
Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost
mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the control to the fresh air position when
the irritation has passed. This will
help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired
position, turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the temperature
control to desired temperature.
3-134
Air conditioning
All Genesis Branded Vehicle Air
Conditioning Systems are filled with
environmentally friendly R-134a
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. However,
prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively
dry the air. In this case, change the
air position.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position then set the fan
speed control to the highest speed.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system
operation can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
03
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
System Maintenance
Climate control air filter
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
OHI046480
This filter is installed behind the glove
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the
heating and air conditioning system.
Have the climate control air filter
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products according to the maintenance schedule. If
the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads,
more frequent air conditioner filter
inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
ODH043365
NOTICE
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur.
WARNING
Because the refrigerant is at very high
pressure, the air conditioning
system
should only be serviced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle
and personal injury may occur.
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-136
The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant
label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of the air conditioning
refrigerant label.
03
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
To defog inside windshield
OHI046335N
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh)
air position will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still
cold after starting, then a brief
engine warm up period may be
required for the vented air flow to
become warm or hot.
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
Defogging logic
OHI046328N
OHI046329N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh)
air position will be selected automatically.
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake is controlled automatically
according to certain conditions such
as
or
position. To cancel or
return the defogging logic, perform
the following steps:
1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop Button
to the ON position.
2. Select the defrost position pressing defrost button (
).
3. While holding the air conditioning
button (A/C) pressed, press the air
intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
The indicator on the air intake control
button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second
of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the system resets to
the preprogrammed defogging logic.
3-138
03
Auto Defogging System
i Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C).
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates.
OHI046309N
Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the climate control system is on.
To cancel the auto defogging system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button
over 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button indicator
will blink 3 times and then ADS
OFF will illuminate on the climate
control LCD display when the auto
defogging system is canceled.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
To reactivate the auto defogging system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button
over 3 seconds.
3. The front defroster button indicator
will blink 6 times and then ADS
OFF will go out on the climate control LCD display when the auto
defogging system is reactivated.
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED)
Clean Air
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the clean air
function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.
Automatic Ventilation
Setting the Climate Control
System on the DIS Navigation
System Monitor
Using the DIS Navigation System
monitor, press 'Setup → Climate'.
The Climate settings screen will be
displayed.
Climate information
The system automatically selects the
outside (fresh) air position when the
climate control system operates over a
certain period of time (approximately
30 minutes) in low temperature with
the recirculated air position selected.
OHI046201L
To cancel or reactivate
the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level
mode and
press the recirculated air position
button for more than 3 seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
Climate information (e.g. temperature,
air-flow direction, fan speed, etc.) of
the driver's/front passenger's/rear
seats is displayed.
Adjusting the rear climate control system
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
The outside (fresh) air position is automatically selected, when the sunroof
is opened while operating the heating/air conditioning system.
When you select the recirculated air
position, the system maintains the
recirculated air position for 3 minutes
and then automatically converts to the
outside (fresh) air position.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
3-140
OHI046202L
Select 'Rear Climate Control' and
then adjust the temperature, fan
speed and mode selection.
03
Rear climate control system
ON/OFF
OHI046203L
Check the box next to 'Rear Climate'
to turn on the rear climate control
system and uncheck the box to turn
off the system.
i Information
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when the OFF button of
the climate control system is selected.
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when any button of the
climate control system is selected for
operation.
• The smart ventilation system may
not operate, when the vehicle is
driven at low speed.
NOTICE
Pay extreme caution not to damage
the CO2 sensor, which is located
inside the glove box undercover.
Smart ventilation
Activate CO2 monitor
(if equipped)
OHI046207N
The smart ventilation system maintains pleasant/fresh air condition
inside the passenger compartment
by automatically detecting/controlling
the temperature, humidity, etc., when
you drive the vehicle with the climate
control system in the OFF position.
When the smart ventilation system
starts to operate, the message,
"SMART VENTILATION ON" appears
for 5 seconds.
OHI046205L
When driving, the climate control
system controls CO2 concentration
and helps maintain pleasant air in
the vehicle.
Check the box next to 'Activate CO2
monitor' to turn on the function and
uncheck the box to turn off the function.
For more information on the features described, refer to the separately supplied DIS Navigation
System manual.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Center Console Storage
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
WARNING
OHI046431
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
To open :
Press the button.
Rear Console Storage
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
OHI046432
To open :
Press the button.
3-142
03
Glove Box
Sunglass Holder
OHI046435
OHI046436
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key
(1).
To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
Make sure the glove box is closed
while driving.
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box
after use.
An open glove box can cause
serious injury to the passenger
in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving.The rear view mirror of
the vehicle can be blocked by
an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you try
to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
Cellular Phone Holder
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
OHI046437
To open:
Push the cover.
NOTICE
Items other than a cellular phone
may not fit inside the cellular
phone storage in accordance with
its size or shape. Do not forcefully
push items into the cellular phone
storage and close the cover. It may
damage or distort those items. In
addition, do not forcefully open the
cellular phone storage cover, when
it is jammed with a stored item
inside.
3-144
OHI046437
There is a wireless cellular phone
charging inside the front console.
The system is available when all
doors are closed, and when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC/ON position.
03
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones (
). Read the label
on the cellular phone accessory
cover or visit your cellular phone
manufacturer’s website to check
whether your cellular phone supports
the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted.
2. The indicator illuminates in orange
during the charging process. The
indicator color changes to green,
when the charging process is
completed.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user
settings mode on the instrument
cluster. (For further information,
refer to the "LCD Modes" in this
chapter.)
Slightly change the cellular phone
position, when the cellular phone is
not being charged. Make sure that
the indicator illuminates in orange.
The indicator color may not change
to green in accordance with the cellular phone type, even though the
charging process is completed. The
indicator blinks in orange for 10 seconds when there is a malfunction
with the wireless charging system. In
this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to wirelessly charge your cellular phone
again.
The system warns you with a message on the LCD display when you
do not take out the cellular phone
from the wireless charging unit with
the front door open and the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF position.
NOTICE
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not support certain cellular phones,
which are not verified for the Qi
specification (
).
• Locate your cell phone well in the
middle of the wireless cellular
phone charging system. Even
when your cell phone locates
slightly to one side, the charging
speed may decrease.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop, when a
smart key function operates (i.e.
starting the engine, opening the
doors, closing the doors).
• For certain cell phones, the indicator color may not change to
green, even when the wireless
charging process is properly
completed.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside
the wireless cellular phone charging system. The wireless charging
process restarts, when temperature falls to a proper level.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop when there
is any metallic item, such as a
coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and a
cellular phone.
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup Holder
You can also store cups or small beverage cans inside.
Front seats
OHI046439
Press the button to open the cover.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of sudden stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
Rear seats
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
NOTICE
OHI046440
Press the button to open the cover
3-146
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder at high
temperature. This may damage
the cup holder.
03
Sunvisor
Rear Vanity Mirror
OHI046444
OHI046430
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets (if equipped).
Press the cover to open the rear vanity mirror. Push up the cover to close
the rear vanity mirror.
NOTICE
Make sure to close the rear vanity
mirror cover after use. If not, the
rear vanity mirror lamp remains
ON, possibly draining the battery
or damaging the rear vanity mirror.
NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor
to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your
view when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
• Do not put several tickets in the
ticket holder at one time. This
could cause damage to the ticket holder.
• Avoid putting a plastic card
such as a credit card in the ticket holder located in the outside
of the sunvisor. This could cause
damage to the plastic card.
3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Outlet (if equipped)
WARNING
■ Front
• Type A
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with wet hands.
NOTICE
OHI046446N
■ Front
• Type B
OHI046445
■ Rear
OHI046447
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180 W
(Watts) with the engine running.
3-148
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug after
use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time
with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W
(Watts) in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static
and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used
in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/
electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
03
USB Charger (if equipped)
Clock
■ Front
OHI046438
■ Rear
OHI046451
You can set the clock by using the
DIS Navigation System.
For more information, refer to the
separately supplied manual.
WARNING
OHI046450N
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury or death.
Insert the USB charger into the USB
port, and re-charge a smart phone or
a tablet PC.
A charging status/charging completion message is displayed on a screen
of a smart phone or a tablet PC.
A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warn during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging method,
may not be properly re-charged. In this
case, use an exclusive charger for
your device.
The rear USB charging terminal will
not allow you to play your media on
the AVN unit. To connect your media
to the AVN unit, use the USB port in
the front.
3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
Clothes Hanger
WARNING
■ Type A
OHI046452L
■ Type B
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes.
Also, do not put heavy, sharp or
breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In an accident or when
the curtain air bag is inflated, it
may cause vehicle damage or
personal injury.
OHI046453N
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
3-150
OPD046048
03
Bag Hanger (if equipped)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
WARNING
OHI046454N
Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on
the hook (2). Fold the hook when not
in use.
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
■ Front
OHI046474
■ Rear
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis/
Hyundai floor mat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.
OHI046475
3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear Curtain
■ Rear
• Type C
■ Front
OHI046456N
OHI046455
■ Rear
• Type A
To raise and lower the rear curtain,
press the button.
The rear curtain will be lowered automatically when you shift the shift
lever into R (Reverse) and raised
automatically when you shift the shift
lever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).
After the rear curtain is lowered by
shifting into R (Reverse), if you drive
more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the
shift lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will be raised automatically.
OHI046491N
■ Rear
• Type B
OHI046457
OHI046336N
The rear curtains may stop operating
in the position and move to the reverse
direction, when its opening/closing
operation is interrupted.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force while
operating the rear curtain.This could
cause damage to the rear curtain.
3-152
03
Rear Door Window Curtain
Power window switch (2)
■ Driver’s window switch
To operate the rear door window curtain on the left side.
OHI046462L
■ Rear window switch
1. Fully close the rear window by
pulling up the power window
switch.
2. Pull up the power window switch
again to move the rear door window curtain.
3. When you want to open the rear
window with the curtain raised up,
you should lower the rear door
window curtain and then open the
rear window by pushing down the
power window switch.
The power window switch on the driver's door operates in the same manner.
NOTICE
OHI046461L
You can raise/lower the rear door window curtain by operating the power
window switches, which is located on
the driver's door and the rear doors.
The switch on the driver's door also
operates the rear door curtains.
• If resistance is detected during
upward/downward movement of
the rear door window curtain, the
rear door window curtain stops
moving and then starts to move
in a reverse direction.
• Do not apply excessive external
force on the rear door window
curtain while operating. It may
cause a malfunction.
Power window switch (1)
To operate the rear door window curtain on the right side.
3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
Luggage Net Holder
(if equipped)
■ Type A
OHI046459
■ Type B
OHI046460L
To help items from shifting in the trunk,
you can use the holders located in the
trunk to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely
attached to the holders in the trunk.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of
the luggage net's recoil path. DO
NOT use the luggage net when
the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.
3-154
Multimedia system
Multimedia system .......................................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod® Port..........................................................................4-2
Antenna ..........................................................................................................4-2
Steering Wheel Audio Control ..................................................................4-3
DIS Navigation System................................................................................4-4
DVD Player ....................................................................................................4-4
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free .....................................4-5
4
Multimedia system
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
Antenna
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic devices may not
function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
AUX, USB and iPod® Port
OHI046463
Combination antenna (1)
The combination antenna will receive
the transmit data (example: GPS and
SXM radio signal).
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
NOTICE
OHI046438L
You can use an AUX port or USB
cable to connect audio devices to the
vehicle AUX or USB port.
i Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4-2
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear glass window with a cleaner
or scraper to remove foreign
deposits as this may cause damage to the antenna elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings
to the rear glass window. These
can degrade AM and FM broadcast signals.
04
Steering Wheel Audio Control
If the SEEK toggle switch is pressed
up or down, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN switch.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN switch.
OHI046464
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio, JUKEBOX, USB(iPod)
or AUX modes.
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control switches simultaneously.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
• Press the VOLUME toggle switch
up to increase volume.
• Press the VOLUME toggle switch
down to decrease volume.
SEEK (
MODE (3)
/
) (2)
MUTE (
) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
i Information
Detailed information is described in a
separately supplied manual.
If the SEEK toggle switch is pressed
up or down and held for 0.8 second
or more, it will function in the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select switch. It will SEEK until you
release the toggle switch.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW switch.
4-3
Multimedia system
DIS Navigation System
DVD Player (if equipped)
■ Front (Switch and Monitor)
OHI046465L
OHI047060
OHI046485L
OHI047061
■ Center control panel
■ Rear remote switch
The DVD player is installed in the
glove box. If you press the left upper
side in the glove box, DVD slot will
come down.
Detailed information for the DVD
player system is described in a separately supplied manual.
OHI046466
Detailed information for the DIS navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual.
4-4
04
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Hands-Free
OHI046468
OHI046469
You can use the phone wirelessly by
using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology hands-free is
described in a separately supplied
manual.
4-5
Driving your vehicle
Before Driving ..............................................................................5-5
Before Entering the Vehicle......................................................................5-5
Before Starting.............................................................................................5-5
Engine Start/Stop Button ..........................................................................5-7
Automatic Transmission ............................................................5-11
Automatic Transmission Operation .......................................................5-11
LCD Display Messages..............................................................................5-17
Good Driving Practices.............................................................................5-19
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ..............................................................5-21
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)..................................................................5-21
Emergency Precautions ...........................................................................5-23
Braking System ..........................................................................5-25
Power Brakes..............................................................................................5-25
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator.....................................................................5-26
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .............................................................5-26
Auto Hold .....................................................................................................5-31
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...............................................................5-35
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ..........................................................5-37
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...................................................5-40
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ...............................................................5-41
Good Braking Practices............................................................................5-42
Genesis Adaptive Control Suspension.....................................5-43
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) ....................................................5-43
Dynamic Stability Damping Control (DSDC) ........................................5-43
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ..................................5-44
Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ........................................5-49
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) / Lane Change Assist (LCA) ................5-50
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).............................................................5-53
Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-56
Smart Blind Spot Detection System (SBSD) ..........................5-57
Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-58
5
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) .....................................5-61
System Setting and Activation ...............................................................5-61
AEB Warning Message and System Control.......................................5-63
AEB Front Radar Sensor .........................................................................5-65
System Malfunction ..................................................................................5-66
Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-68
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .......................................5-72
LKAS Operation..........................................................................................5-73
Warning light and message.....................................................................5-77
LKAS Function Change.............................................................................5-78
Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-79
Advanced Smart Cruise Control System (ASCC) ...................5-80
5
To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ............................5-81
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode ......................................................5-82
Smart Cruise Control Speed ....................................................................5-83
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...........................5-88
Front Radar Sensor...................................................................................5-91
Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-92
Driver Attention Alert system (DAA) ......................................5-97
System Setting and Activation ...............................................................5-97
Resetting the System................................................................................5-99
System Disabled .........................................................................................5-99
System Malfunction................................................................................5-100
Special Driving Conditions ......................................................5-102
Hazardous Driving Conditions ..............................................................5-102
Rocking the Vehicle ................................................................................5-102
Smooth Cornering ...................................................................................5-103
Driving at Night ........................................................................................5-103
Driving in the Rain...................................................................................5-103
Driving in Flooded Areas .......................................................................5-104
Highway Driving.......................................................................................5-104
Driving your vehicle
Winter Driving ..........................................................................5-105
Snow or Icy Conditions ..........................................................................5-105
Winter Precautions .................................................................................5-107
Vehicle Load Limit....................................................................5-109
Tire Loading Information Label ...........................................................5-110
Trailer Towing ...........................................................................5-114
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or
smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to
change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound
of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath
side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible
by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is
a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine
and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the
vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside
the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at
"Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation
air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or
other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",
and the fan control set to high.
5-4
05
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain
or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
5-5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
5-6
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may
result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive. If
you are drinking or taking
drugs, don't drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a taxi.
05
Engine Start/Stop Button
OHI056001
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR rapidly press
and release the Engine Start/
Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine
Start/Stop button while the
vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. This will result
in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key
with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
(Continued)
5-7
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
i Information
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than
one hour, the battery power will turn
off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
Engine Start/Stop button positions
To turn off the
engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop
button with shift
lever in P (Park).
Also, the engine
will turn off when
OFF
the Engine Start/
Stop button is
pressed with the shift lever in D
(Drive) or R (Reverse) because the
transmission automatically shifts to
the P (Park) position. But, when it is
pressed in N (Neutral), the Engine
Start/Stop button will go to the ACC
position.
ACC
5-8
Press the Engine
Start/Stop button
when the button is
in the OFF position
without depressing
the brake pedal.
Some
electrical
accessories
are
usable.
ON
Press the Engine
Start/Stop button
while it is in the
ACC position without depressing the
brake pedal.
The warning lights
can be checked
before the engine is
started.
i Information
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent the
battery from discharging.
To start the engine,
depress the brake
pedal and press the
Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift
lever in the P (Park)
or in the N (Neutral)
START
position.
For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
05
i Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake
pedal, the engine does not start and
the Engine Start/Stop button changes
as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF
However, the engine may start if you
depress the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button from the OFF position.
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
i Information
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for
the smart key. If the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the warning "Key not
in vehicle" will come on and if all
doors are closed, the chime will also
sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using
the ACC position or if the vehicle
engine is ON.
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
i Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Rapid accelerating
and decelerating should be avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the
engine while warming it up.
5-9
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button in an attempt to restart
the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If you are not able to replace
the fuse, you can start the engine
by pressing and holding the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10
seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/
Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp
fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting the
engine.
5-10
OHI056006
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key in the direction of the picture above.
05
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
P Button
UNLOCK Button
When you move the shift lever, depress the brake pedal while
pressing the UNLOCK button.
OHI056010L
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5-11
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter
(manual mode), do not use
engine braking (shifting from
a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The
vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
5-12
P (Park)
OHI056011L
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual mode
to P (Park), press the [P] button.
If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),
R (Reverse) or Manual mode the
shifting automatically changes to P
(Park).
When you park the vehicle, press the
[P] button while depressing the brake
pedal and then apply the parking
brake.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift
lever is in P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking
brake.
05
R (Reverse)
N (Neutral)
■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)
■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)
Unlock Button
Unlock Button
OHI056012L
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)
Unlock Button
OHI056013L
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To move the shift lever to R
(Reverse), press the [UNLOCK] button while depressing the brake pedal
and then move the shift lever forward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete
stop before shifting into or out
of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
OHI056014L
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts
to turn off the engine, the transmission remains in the N (Neutral) position and the Engine Start/Stop button
will be in the ACC position.
To turn off the engine from the ACC
position, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position, press the
[P] button, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
When either the driver's door or the
front passenger's door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position and the shift lever
in N (Neutral) position, the engine is
automatically turned OFF and the
transmission automatically changes
to the P (Park) position.
5-13
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal. Use the N
(Neutral) position to idle a
vehicle for an extended period
of time. The wheels and the
transmission
are
not
engaged. While parking the
vehicle with the engine running, depress the brake pedal
or apply the parking brake.
• Do not drive with the shift
lever in N (Neutral). Doing so
may result in an accident
because of a loss of engine
braking and the transmission
could be damaged.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift
through
an
eight-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
OHI056015L
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
OHI056016L
To shift into D (Drive), depress the
brake pedal and press the
[UNLOCK] button on the shift lever.
Move the shift lever backward.
To shift into D (Drive) from N
(Neutral), you must depress the
brake pedal.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5-14
05
Paddle shifter (Manual mode)
OHI056018
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
To change back to the automatic
mode from manual mode, do one of
the following:
• Move the shift lever down.
• Depress the accelerator pedal for
more than 5 seconds.
• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7
km/h).
• Pull and hold the right side paddle
shifter.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) unless the [UNLOCK]
button is pressed while depressing
the brake pedal.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) while pressing the
[UNLOCK] button.
i Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear change
may not occur.
5-15
Driving your vehicle
When the battery is discharged:
i Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
changed from P (Park) to N (Neutral)
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the OFF position, refer to step 4.
Parking
OHI056017L
You cannot move the shift lever,
when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from another
battery to the jump-starting terminals inside the engine compartment.
For more information refer to
"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake with
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and
press the button (2) while depressing the brake pedal. Then, the gear
will change to the N (Neutral) position. The button (2) should be
pressed within 3 minutes after
turning OFF the engine. In addition, the button (2) operates only
for 20 seconds to change the gear
between N (Neutral) and P (Park)
from the time when the button (2)
is first pressed.
5-16
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
WARNING
• When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat
and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
05
Shifting conditions not met
LCD Display Messages
Shifter Malfunction
OHI056019L
OHI046134L
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the transmission or the shift lever does not properly operate in the P (Park) position.
In this case, immediately have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when engine RPM
is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
We recommend you decrease the
engine speed or slow down before
shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change
gear
Check shift lever
OHI056020L
OHI046133L
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when there is a malfunction with one of the key transmission shifter components.
In this case, immediately have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting
the gear.
We recommend you depress the
brake pedal and then shift the gear.
5-17
Driving your vehicle
Shift to P after stopping
PARK engaged
OHI056021L
OHI056027L
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting
the gear.
We recommend you depress the
brake pedal and then shift the gear.
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the P (Park) position is
engaged.
NEUTRAL engaged
Press UNLOCK to change gear
OHI056028L
OHI056026L
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the
[UNLOCK] button is not pressed
while shifting the gear. We recommend you press the [UNLOCK] button and then shift the gear.
5-18
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the N (Neutral) position is engaged.
05
Good Driving Practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• When driving in Manual mode with
the paddle shifter, slow down
before shifting to a lower gear.
Otherwise, the lower gear may not
be engaged if the engine rpms are
outside of the allowable range.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
5-19
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH :
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
5-20
i Information - Kickdown
Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
05
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System
delivers engine power to the front
and rear wheels for maximum traction. AWD is useful when extra traction is required, such as when driving
on slippery, muddy, wet, or snowcovered roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for addition traction, engine
power will automatically be distributed to all four wheels.
WARNING
If the AWD warning light (
)
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
(
) illuminates have your
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Always drive safely and use
caution when driving an AWD
vehicle.
i Information
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions" in chapter 7).
• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is
towed by flatbed tow truck.
5-21
Driving your vehicle
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use of snow tires are recommended.
For more information on Snow
Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Use engine braking during deceleration.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to help prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
5-22
NOTICE
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, place a nonslip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction OR
Slowly spin the wheels in forward
and reverse directions which
causes a rocking motion that may
free the vehicle. However, avoid
running the engine continuously
at high rpm, doing so may damage
the AWD system.
i Information
• When using Snow Tires, mount
them on the rear wheels.
• If tire chains must be used, use
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and
install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the
tire chains.
For more information on Snow Tires
and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter
Driving" in this chapter.
05
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive as slowly using engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driving up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
Emergency Precautions
Tires
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
In an emergency situation, a compact spare tire may be used. But, do
not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD system.
5-23
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
OHI056029N
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack. The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
Towing
AWD vehicle must be towed with all
four wheels off the ground, using a
flatbed tow truck or wheel dollies.
The AWD system could be damaged
if improperly towed.
For more information, refer to
"Towing" in chapter 6.
Vehicle inspection
• When the vehicle is on a car lift, do
not operate the front and rear
wheels separately. All four wheels
should be operated.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
5-24
Temporary Free Roller
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
OHI056031
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
05
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending down a
long or steep hill, move the
gear shift lever to Manual
Shift Mode and manually
downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed
without using the brake pedal
excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle's ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function correctly.
5-25
Driving your vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB)
Applying the parking brake
OHI056032
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
To apply the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull the EPB switch upwards.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
NOTICE
With the AUTO HOLD feature
enabled, the EPB is automatically
applied when the engine is shut
off.
However, if the EPB switch is
pressed within 1 second of engine
shut off, the EPB will not be
applied.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
5-26
05
Releasing the parking brake
The Parking Brake Warning Light
should be turned off when the EPB is
released.
i Information
OHI056033
To release the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake), press the EPB
switch in the following condition:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
EPB is released automatically during the following scenarios:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Under the following conditions
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
• For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the Engine Stop/
Start button is in the OFF position
(only if battery power is available),
but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
NOTICE
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though the
EPB has been released, have
your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release:
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck
and have the system checked.
5-27
Driving your vehicle
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
may be automatically applied
when:
• Requested by other systems
• The engine is turned off with the
EPB applied
i Information
If the driver turns the engine off while
Auto Hold is operating, EPB will be
automatically applied. However, if
you press the EPB switch within one
second after the engine is turned off,
the EPB will not be applied.
Warning messages
OHI056039L
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood, and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
5-28
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P
(Park) position, press the EPB
switch, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Smart Key
with you when exiting the
vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
05
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
engaged, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the EPB is released and the
parking brake warning light is
off before driving.
i Information
OHI056041L
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
OHI056038L
Parking brake automatically locked
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
5-29
Driving your vehicle
EPB warning light
NOTICE
OHI056040
This warning light illuminates if the
Engine Start/Stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position, this indicates the EPB may have malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
The EPB warning light may illuminate when the ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) indicator comes on
to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
5-30
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the parking brake warning
light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the EPB
switch, then pull it up. Once
more, press the switch back to
its original position and pull it
back up. If the EPB warning light
does not go off, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
05
Emergency braking
Auto Hold
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
WARNING
To apply:
■ Type A
White
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
i Information
During emergency braking the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is
operating.
OHI056131L
■ Type B
White
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise
or burning smell when the EPB is
used for emergency braking, have
your vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
OHI056034L
1. With the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk closed, fasten the
driver's seat belt or depress the
brake pedal and then press the
[AUTO HOLD] switch. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will come
on and the system will be in the
standby position.
5-31
Driving your vehicle
White
To cancel:
■ Type A
Light off
Green
OHI056035
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
OHI056130L
■ Type B
Light off
OHI056036L
To release:
• Press the accelerator pedal with
the shift lever in D (Drive) and R
(Reverse), the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move. The
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
advanced smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and advanced smart
cruise control is operating, the
Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation.
The AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
5-32
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will
turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement,
ALWAYS depress your foot on
the brake pedal to cancel the
Auto Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R
(Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
05
i Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unbuckled
and the driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened
and the driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened with
the shift lever in D (Drive)
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and warning sounds
and a message will appear to inform
you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving again,
depress the brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products and have
the system checked.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly when you start the
vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel the
Auto Hold when you drive
downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door, engine hood or
trunk open detection system, the
Auto Hold may not work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products and have the system
checked.
5-33
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
OHI056042L
OHI056038L
Parking brake automatically locked
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
OHI056041L
AUTO HOLD deactivating.
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
CAUTION
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB
may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.
5-34
OHI056043N
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door, hood, trunk, and fasten
seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, engine
hood or trunk is not closed or the driver's seat belt is not fastened, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear on the LCD display. In
that time, press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch after closing the driver's door,
engine hood, trunk and fastening the
seat belt.
05
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering. This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
5-35
Driving your vehicle
The ABS warning light (
) will stay
on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS warning light (
) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as
possible.
5-36
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy
road, and apply your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be
active continuously and the
ABS warning light (
) may
illuminate. Pull your car over to
a safe place and turn the engine
off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light (
) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
05
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator
light blinks:
OHI056037
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle's brakes
and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
• If the Smart Cruise Control was in
use when the ESC activates, the
Smart Cruise Control automatically
disengages. The Smart Cruise
Control can be reengaged when
the road conditions allow. See
"Smart Cruise Control System"
later in this chapter. (if equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
5-37
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 2
• State 1
OHI056045L
OHI056044L
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC OFF indicator light and
message will illuminate. In this state,
the traction control function of ESC
(engine management) is disabled,
but the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) still operates.
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light
and message illuminates and a
warning chime sounds. (Vehicles
equipped with the AEB system, the
AEB warning light (
) illuminates.
For more information, refer to
"Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB)" in this chapter.) In this state,
both the traction control function of
ESC (engine management) and the
brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed to the OFF position when
ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
5-38
05
Indicator lights
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is placed to the ON position, the ESC
indicator light illuminates, then goes
off if the ESC system is operating
normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt
to accelerate. NEVER turn the
ESC off while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheel and tire sizes
different than original-equipment
may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and
wheels are the same as the original size. Never drive the vehicle
with different sized wheels and
tires installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and parking brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or standard brake system operation.
5-39
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is a function of the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system. It
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four
tires can suddenly become uneven.
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve
roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on rough roads.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
5-40
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the
ESC, you may hear sounds from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such
as gradient or incline.
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• MDPS (Motor-Driven Power
Steering) warning light ( ) is
on or blinks.
05
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the
ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) will illuminate.
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF
button again. The ESC OFF indicator
light will go out.
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or
MDPS warning light ( ) stays
on or blinks, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the
VSM system. When the warning
light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
Driving with wheel and tire sizes different than original-equipment may
cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make
sure all four tires and wheels are the
same as the original size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2
seconds.
NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the shift lever is in P (Park) or N
(Neutral).
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
5-41
Driving your vehicle
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, then apply the parking
brake, and place the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the products to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
5-42
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
05
GENESIS ADAPTIVE CONTROL SUSPENSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)
Dynamic Stability Damping
Control (DSDC)
The Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) controls the vehicle suspension automatically to maximize driving comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stopping requirements and acceleration.
The Dynamic Stability Damping
Control (DSDC) provides comfort riding and driving stability by meticulously optimizing the suspension
power during sharp curving or abrupt
obstacle avoidance.
Operating conditions
ECS (Electronic Control
Suspension) malfunction indicator
• The DSDC is activated, when driving speed exceeds 30 mph (50
km/h).
• The DSDC does not operate, when
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is deactivated.
NOTICE
OHI046132L
If the ECS warning message comes
on, you may have a problem with the
ECS system. Have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The Dynamic Stability Damping
Control (DSDC) does not operate,
when there is a malfunction with
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC).
The Genesis adaptive control suspension operation is limited in following situations:
- There are wide variations in tire
pressures.
- The vehicle is driven on a steep
slope.
- The vehicle is driven on a rough,
rugged surface.
WARNING
NEVER install any tires/wheels
in different sizes or of different
models on your vehicle. It may
cause a malfunction of the
Dynamic Stability Damping
Control (DSDC).
5-43
Driving your vehicle
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
■ Type A
OHI056060L
■ Type B
OHI056124
OHI056061L
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
• SMART mode :
SMART
mode
automatically
adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔
NORMAL ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but
firm riding.
• ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
• INDIVIDUAL mode :
The driver can separately adjust
modes of each driving system.
The driving mode will be continuously maintained, as selected when the
engine is restarted. However, except
if it is in SPORT mode. SPORT mode
will change to SMART mode, when
the engine is restarted.
5-44
05
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, NORMAL,
and SPORT by judging
the driver’s driving habits
(i.e. mild or dynamic)
from the brake pedal
depression or the steering wheel operation.
• Press the DRIVE MODE button to
activate SMART mode. When
SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument
cluster.
• The indicator illuminates in green,
when the driver's driving is categorized to be mild. It illuminates in
white, when the driver's driving is
categorized to be normal. It illuminates in yellow, when the driver's
driving is categorized to be dynamic during abrupt braking or sharp
curving.
• The vehicle starts in SMART mode
again, when the engine was turned
OFF in SMART mode.
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, riding quality (if equipped
with the electronic suspension system), and power distribution (if
equipped with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system), in accordance with
the driver’s driving habits.
i Information
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the actual
fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations
(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning,
the driving mode changes to
SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART NORMAL
mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
5-45
Driving your vehicle
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be sporty.). In this mode, your
vehicle drives in a lower gear for
abrupt accelerating/decelerating
and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains in
lower gear over a certain period of
time for next acceleration. Thus, it
is a normal driving situation, not
indicating any malfunction.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART NORMAL mode.
5-46
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the
shift lever :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver manually moves the shift lever.
• The cruise control is activated :
The cruise control system may
deactivate the SMART mode when
the vehicle is controlled by the set
speed of the smart cruise control
system. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating the
smart cruise control system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high :
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature
may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
05
SPORT mode
ECO mode
SPORT mode manages
the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the SPORT indicator (yellow color)
will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
SMART mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE button.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
When the Drive Mode is
set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the ECO indicator (green color) will
illuminate.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
i Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
NOTICE
Virtual engine sounds are generated from the exterior amplifiers.
Pay extreme caution while replacing amplifier components. The
use of any after-market components or speakers may damage
the exterior amplifiers causing the
virtual engine sounds not to properly operate.
5-47
Driving your vehicle
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may be louder at
some automatic transmission
shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in manual mode.
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
5-48
INDIVIDUAL mode
In INDIVIDUAL mode, the
driver can select separate
modes and combine them
on the DIS Navigation
System screen.
- Engine/Transmission: ECO/SMART
- Steering wheel: COMFORT/SPORT
- Suspension: COMFORT +/
COMFORT/SPORT
- All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system:
ECO/COMFORT/SPORT
For more information, refer to the
separately supplied DIS Navigation
System manual.
• When INDIVIDUAL mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE
button, the INDIVIDUAL mode indicator (blue color) will illuminate.
05
BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Blind spot area
Closing at high speed
(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert feature monitors approaching cross
traffic from the left and right side
of the vehicle when your vehicle is
in reverse. The feature will operate
when the vehicle is moving in
reverse below about 6 mph (10
km/h). If oncoming cross traffic is
detected a warning chime will
sound.
WARNING
OHI056206
The Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) uses radar sensors in the rear
bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the
driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
an indicator on the outer side view
mirrors.
(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)
The blind spot detection range
varies relative to vehicle speed.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles
around you, the warning will not
occur.
(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)
The Lane Change Assist feature
will alert you when a vehicle is
approaching in an adjacent lane
at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when
the system detects an oncoming
vehicle, the system sounds an
audible alert.
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind
Spot Detection System is
operating.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is a supplemental system to assist you. Do
not entirely rely on the system. Always pay attention,
while driving, for your safety.
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and
use caution when changing
lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) may not detect
every object alongside the
vehicle.
5-49
Driving your vehicle
Blind Spot Detection (BSD) /
Lane Change Assist (LCA)
Operating conditions
The system will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. The vehicle speed is above about
20 mph (30 km/h).
3. An oncoming vehicle is detected
in the blind spot area.
• The initial warning alert time for the
Lane Change Assist can be adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →
Driving Assist and select Lane
Change Assist' on the LCD display.
You may select between the two
stages you prefer.
- Normal/Late
OHI056063
To operate:
Press the BSD switch with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position.
The indicator on the BSD switch will
illuminate.
■ Left side
■ Right side
To cancel:
Press the BSD switch again. The
indicator on the switch will go off.
OHI056064
i Information
• If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed OFF and then ON again, the
BSD system returns to the previous
state.
• When the system is turned on, the
warning light will illuminate for 3
seconds on the outer side view mirror.
5-50
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outer side
view mirror and the head-up display
(if equipped).
Once the detected vehicle is no
longer within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to the
driving conditions of the vehicle.
05
■ Left side
OHI056064
■ Right side
• The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
- To activate the warning chime : Go
to the 'User Settings → Driving
Assist and select Blind Spot
Detection Sound' on the LCD display.
- To deactivate the warning chime :
Go to the 'User Settings → Driving
Assist and deselect Blind Spot
Detection Sound' on the LCD display.
i Information
The warning chime function helps
alert the driver. Deactivate this function only when it is necessary.
OHI056064
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver
will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot area by the radar system (the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror)
AND
2. The turn signal is applied (same
side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror and
the head-up display (if equipped) will
also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deactivated.
5-51
Driving your vehicle
Detecting sensor
OHI056067
The sensors are located inside the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the proper operation of the system.
Warning message
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BSD switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BSD cancelled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the BSD system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
OHI056052L
Blind Spot Detection disabled.
Radar blocked
• This warning message may appear
when :
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
BSD sensor does not detect
another vehicle for an extended
period of time.
5-52
OHI046137L
Check BSD system
If there is a problem with the BSD
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
05
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA)
i Information
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert feature
monitors approaching cross traffic
from the left and right side of the
vehicle when your vehicle is in
reverse.
Operating conditions
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
detecting range is approximately 1 65 ft (0.5 - 20 m). An approaching
vehicle will be detected if their vehicle
speed is within 2.5 - 22.5 mph (4 - 36
km/h).
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings when
backing up your vehicle.
OHI056079L
To operate:
Go to the 'User Settings → Driving
Assist and select Rear Cross Traffic
Alert' on the LCD display (For more
information, refer to "LCD
Display" in chapter 3.). The system
will turn on and standby to activate.
The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
5-53
Driving your vehicle
Warning type
i Information
■ Left
OHI056053L
■ Right
• The warning chime will turn off
when the detected vehicle moves out
of the sensing area or if your vehicle
is moved away from the detected
vehicle.
• The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
• If the sensing area near the rear
bumper is blocked by either a wall
or barrier or by a parked vehicle,
the system sensing area may be
reduced.
WARNING
OHI056054L
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning
light on the outer side view mirror will
blink and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
5-54
• The warning light on the outer
side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind Spot Detection System
(BSD) and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA). Do not solely
rely on the system but check
your surrounding before
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check your surroundings while driving.
(Continued)
05
(Continued)
• The Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) and Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or backing up your vehicle. The Blind
Spot Detection System (BSD)
may not detect every object
alongside the vehicle.
Non-operating condition
The BSD indicator on the outer side
view mirror may not illuminate
properly when:
- The outer side view mirror housing
is damaged.
- The mirror is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is tinted.
NOTICE
• The system may not work properly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of
the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
5-55
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
5-56
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high or low.
• When the sensors are blocked by
the other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
• When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle drives
back.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
• When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
• When driving through a narrow
road with many trees or bushes.
• When driving on wet surface.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
05
SMART BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Smart Blind Spot Detection
System detects the front area
through the camera installed on the
upper front windshield and detects
the side/rear areas through radar
sensors.
The Smart Blind Spot Detection
System may activate the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibility with
an approaching vehicle while changing lanes. It is to lower the colliding
risk or mitigate the colliding damage.
Operating conditions
The system enters the ready status,
when the following conditions are
satisfied with the smart blind system
in the ON position:
- Vehicle speed is between 40 mph
and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180
km/h).
- The system detects both of the lane
lines.
- An approaching vehicle is detected
next to/behind your vehicle.
Activation (with braking performance)
■ Left side detection
OHI056114
■ Right side detection
OHI056115
The Smart Blind Spot Detection
System may apply braking power,
when an approaching vehicle is
detected within a certain distance
next to/behind your vehicle.
It gently applies braking power on
the tire, which is located in the opposite side of the possibly-colliding
point. The instrument cluster will
inform the driver of the system activation.
The Smart Blind Spot Detection
System is automatically deactivated,
when the vehicle drives a certain distance away, when the vehicle direction is changed against the possiblecolliding point, when the steering
wheel is abruptly moved, or when the
brake pedal is depressed.
5-57
Driving your vehicle
When the turn signals operate, the
Smart Blind Spot Detection System
operates only once. However, when
the turn signals are turned OFF, the
system re-enters the activation conditions.
The driver should drive the vehicle in
the middle of the vehicle lanes to
keep the system in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to
one side of the vehicle lanes, the
system may not properly operate.
In addition, the system may not properly control your vehicle in accordance with driving situations. Thus,
always pay close attention to road
situations.
Warning message
OHI056116L
Smart BSD braking system malfunction
When there is a malfunction with the
Smart Blind Spot Detection System,
warning message appears on the
LCD display and deactivates the
Smart Blind Spot Detection System.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
5-58
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
05
• When the temperature near the
rear bumper area is high or low.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle drives
back.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
• When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
• The lanes ahead are not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road
surface, or other factors.
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or
the lane marking is faded or not
clearly marked.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• The lanes are incomplete or the
area is in a construction zone.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road in front of you.
• The lane markings are not clearly
visible from the road.
• The lane width is too wide or too
narrow.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane line
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier that is inadvertently being
detected by the camera.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
line or the vehicle ahead is driving
on the lane line.
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction).
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle is driven near a
guardrail or near the boundary line
of a road.
• The windshield or the camera lens
is blocked with dirt or debris.
• The vehicle drives on a smallradius curve.
• The vehicle drives in the opposite
direction from the designated lane
direction.
• The lane sensing operation is interrupted by another vehicle in front.
5-59
Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle drives under 40 mph
(60 km/h) or over 110 mph (180
km/h).
• The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
• The vehicle abruptly enters the
next lane.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Do not unnecessarily operate
the steering wheel, when the
Smart Blind Spot Detection
System is in operation.
• Always pay extreme caution
while driving. The Smart Blind
Spot Detection System may
not operate or unnecessarily
operate in accordance with
your driving situations.
• The Smart Blind Spot Detection
System is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
5-60
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
05
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED)
The Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) system is designed to help
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead
or detect a pedestrian in the roadway
through radar signals and camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB):
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. AEB does not stop the
vehicle completely and is not
a collision avoidance system.
OHI046208L
The driver can activate the AEB by
placing the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position and by selecting
'User Settings → Driving Assist →
Autonomous Emergency Braking'.
The AEB deactivates, when the driver cancels the system setting.
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the AEB
system. The driver can
monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. If the warning light
remains ON when the AEB is activated, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
5-61
Driving your vehicle
• Late
- When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the
amount of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead before
the initial warning occurs.
Prerequisite for activation
OHI056047L
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the following:
• Early
- When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated earlier than
normal. This setting maximizes the
amount of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead before
the initial warning occurs.
• Normal
- When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated normally. This
setting allows for a nominal
amount of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead before
the initial warning occurs.
5-62
The AEB gets ready to be activated,
when the AEB is selected on the
LCD display, and when the following
prerequisites are satisfied.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is activated.
- To enable the system to detect
pedestrians ahead, the vehicle
driving speed must be between 5 45 mph (8 - 70 km/h).
- To enable the system to detect a
vehicle ahead, the vehicle driving
speed must be between 5 - 110
mph (8 - 180 km/h).
When traveling above 50 mph (80
km/h), the AEB system only initiates partial braking. This is to prevent unintended full braking to stop
in the middle of the highway.
05
WARNING
• Completely stop the vehicle
on a safe location before
operating the switch on the
steering wheel to activate/
deactivate the AEB system.
• The AEB automatically activates upon placing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON
position. The driver can deactivate the AEB by canceling
the system setting on the LCD
display.
• The AEB automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
When the ESC is canceled,
the AEB cannot be activated
on the LCD display.
AEB Warning Message and
System Control
The AEB produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels,
such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, insufficient braking distance, or pedestrian detection. Also,
it controls the brakes in accordance
with the collision risk levels.
Forward Warning (1st warning)
OHI056048L
This initial warning message
appears on the LCD display and the
head up display (if equipped) with a
warning chime.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning include Early,
Normal or Late initial warning time.
5-63
Driving your vehicle
Collision Warning (2nd warning)
OHI056049L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display and the head up display (if equipped) with a warning
chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
- If a vehicle is detected, your vehicle
speed may decelerate moderately.
Emergency braking
(3rd warning)
OHI056050L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display and the head up display (if equipped) with a warning
alarm.
5-64
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
- If the detected vehicle in front is
driving slower than 50 mph (80
km/h) your vehicle speed may
decelerate sharply to avoid a collision. If the detected vehicle in front
is driving faster than 50 mph (80
km/h), your vehicle speed may
decelerate moderately.
- If your vehicle drives slower than
45 mph (70 km/h) with a pedestrian in front, the driving speed may
abruptly decrease. When your
vehicle drives faster than 45 mph
(70 km/h) with a pedestrian in
front, the AEB does not operate.
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal.
• The AEB provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the acceleraor
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The AEB braking control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
05
CAUTION
AEB Front Radar Sensor
The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not there
is a warning message or alarm
from the AEB system.
WARNING
The braking control cannot
completely stop the vehicle nor
avoid all collisions. The driver
should hold the responsibility
to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
WARNING
The AEB system logic operates
within certain parameters, such
as the distance from the vehicle
or pedestrian ahead, the speed
of the vehicle ahead, and the
driver's vehicle speed. Certain
conditions such as inclement
weather and road conditions
may affect the operation of the
AEB system.
OHI056062N
In order for the AEB system to operate properly, always make sure the
radar sensor cover is clean and free
of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow,
or foreign substances on the lens
may adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
Warning message and warning
light
OHI056220L
Auto Emergency Braking disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the AEB
system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning
message will appear on the LCD display.
5-65
Driving your vehicle
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the AEB system.
The AEB may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
System Malfunction
NOTICE
• Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor. Doing so may adversely
affect the sensing performance
of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and cover clean and free of dirt
and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor
or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the AEB system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the AEB system
may not operate properly. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Use only Genesis/Hyundai Part
to repair or replace a damaged
sensor or sensor cover. Do not
apply paint to the sensor cover.
5-66
OHI046143L
Check AEB system
• When the AEB is not working properly, the AEB warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light
(
) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• The AEB warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light.
05
WARNING
• The AEB is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should
hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on the AEB
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed.
• In certain instances and
under certain driving conditions, the AEB system may
activate prematurely. This initial warning message appears
on the LCD display with a
warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the
front radar sensor or camera
recognition system may not
detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. The AEB system
may not activate and the
warning message will not be
displayed.
• If there is a malfunction with
the AEB system, the automatic emergency braking is not
applied even though the braking system is operating normally.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The AEB system operates
only to detect vehicles or
pedestrians in front of the
vehicle.
The AEB system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
The AEB system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
The AEB system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
The AEB system cannot
detect the driver approaching
the side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead
end street.)
In these cases, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
5-67
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
Detecting vehicles
The Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) system is designed to monitor
the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian in
the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor
or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead. In these cases, the AEB system may not operate normally. The
driver must pay careful attention in
the following situations where the
AEB operation may be limited.
The sensor may be limited when:
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves
• There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor
trailer, etc.)
• The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• The vehicle in front is driving erratically
5-68
05
OHI056200
• Driving on a curve
The performance of the AEB system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
In certain instances on a curved
road, the AEB system may activate
prematurely.
Also, in certain instances the front
radar sensor or camera recognition
system may not detect the vehicle
traveling on a curved road.
In these cases, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
OHI056201
The AEB system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle.
OHI056202
• Driving on a slope
The performance of the AEB
decreases while driving upward or
downward on a slope, not recognizing the vehicle in front in the same
lane.
It may unnecessarily produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm, or it may not produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm at all.
When the AEB suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
5-69
Driving your vehicle
OHI056203
OHI056205
• Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the AEB system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
• Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required.
The AEB system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle.
In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the
rearmost object, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
OHI056204
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the AEB system may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
5-70
05
Detecting pedestrians
The sensor may be limited when:
• The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recognition system
• The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians or a large crowd
WARNING
• Do not use the Automatic
Emergency Braking system
when towing a vehicle.
Application of the AEB system
while
towing
may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The AEB system is designed
to detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or detect a
pedestrian in the roadway
through radar signals and
camera recognition. It is not
designed to detect bicycles,
motorcycles,
or
smaller
wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or
strollers.
• Never try to test the operation
of the AEB system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
i Information
In some instances, the AEB system
may be cancelled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
5-71
Driving your vehicle
LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OHI056074N
The Lane Keeping Assist System
helps detect lane markers on the
road, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between
lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and steering
wheel vibration warning, while applying a slight counter-steering torque,
to try to prevent the vehicle from
moving out of its lane.
WARNING
The lane keeping assist system
is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.
5-72
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS):
• The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
speed when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be able to be
controlled by the system.
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
• LKAS helps prevent the driver
from moving out of the lane
unintentionally by assisting
the driver's steering. However,
the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always
pay attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
• Always check the road condition and surroundings and be
cautious when the system
cancels, does not operate or
malfunctions.
• The system detects lane lines
and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore,
if the lane lines are hard to
detect, the system may not
work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of
the system".
• Do not attempt to repair the
LKAS camera and do not
remove any parts.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflect light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
05
(Continued)
• If the camera has been
removed for various reasons,
such as changing the front
windshield, you should visit
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
camera re-adjustment.
• Do not place any accessories
near the rearview mirror.
• The operation of the LKAS
may be affected by several
factors including environmental conditions that affect the
ability of the camera to detect
the lanes in front of you. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to pay careful attention to the
roadway and to maintain the
vehicle in its intended lane at
all times.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LKAS system is activated. If
you continue to drive with
your hands off the steering
wheel after the "Keep hands
on steering wheel" warning
message appears, the system
will stop controlling the steering wheel.
• Always be cautious when
using the system.
• When driving at high speed,
be careful as the steering
assistive force is weak and
the vehicle may stray from the
lane. The driver must always
follow the speed limit when
using the system.
LKAS Operation
OHI056075
To activate the LKAS:
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, press the LKAS button located on the instrument panel
on the lower left hand side of the
driver. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This
indicates the LKAS is in the READY
but NOT ENABLED state.
5-73
Driving your vehicle
■ Lane line undetected
LKAS activation
OHI056104L
OHI056101L
• The LKAS screen will appear on
the SCC/LKAS screen of the LCD
display if the system is activated.
• When both lane lines are detected
and all the conditions to activate
the LKAS are satisfied, a green
steering wheel indicator will illuminate and the LKAS indicator light
will change from white to green.
This indicates that the LKAS system is in the ENABLED state and
the steering wheel will be able to
be controlled.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to prevent
the driver from leaving the lane.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always check the road conditions when driving.
5-74
■ Lane line detected
OHI056105L
• If the system detects a lane line,
the color changes from gray to
white.
• If the system detects the left lane
line, the left lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• If the system detects the right lane
line, the right lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• Both lane lines must be detected
for the system to fully activate.
05
■ Left lane line
Warning
■ Left lane line
OHI056106L
OHI056108L
■ Right lane line
■ Right lane line
OHI056107L
OHI056109L
• If you cross a lane line, the lane
line you cross will blink (yellow) on
the LCD display with a steering
wheel vibration.
• If the steering wheel appears, the
system will try to control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle
from crossing the lane line.
If all the conditions to activate LKAS
is not satisfied, the system will convert to LDWS (Lane Departure
Warning System) and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the
lane lines.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
OHI056100L
OHI056133L
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKAS is activated, the system will warn the driver with a visual
and audible warning.
Driver's grasp not detected.
LKAS will be disabled momentarily
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
several seconds, the system will not
control the steering wheel and warn
the driver only when the driver crosses the lane lines.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering
wheel.
WARNING
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Turn off the system in below
situations.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
5-76
05
i Information
• Even though the steering is assisted
by the system, the driver can still
steer to control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not.
The LKAS system will not be in the
ENABLED state and the steering
wheel will not be assisted when:
• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph
(64 km/h) and over 110 mph (177
km/h).
• Only one lane line is detected.
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on, the
steering wheel might be controlled.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The width of the lane is below
10 feet (3.1 m) and over 15 feet
(4.5 m).
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road. (e.g. construction area)
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
i Information
When the system is turned on or right
after changing a lane, drive in the
middle of the lane. If not, the system
will not provide steering assist function.
Warning light and message
Check LKAS
OHI056117L
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the
LKAS failure indicator will illuminate.
LKAS failure indicator
The LKAS failure indicator (yellow) will illuminate
if the LKAS is not working
properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the windshield glass in front of the
camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
5-77
Driving your vehicle
LKAS Function Change
OHI056118L
The driver can change LKAS to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) or
change the LKAS mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the
User Settings mode on the LCD display. The system is automatically set to
Standard LKA if a function is not selected.
Lane Departure
LDWS alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the
system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be
controlled.
Standard LKA
The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the
lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside
the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is
about to deviate out of the lanes.
Active LKA
The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode. The driver may not feel the onset of the
steering wheel control, because the Active LKA may be constantly controlling
the steering with lighter corrections.
5-78
05
Limitations of the System
The LKAS may operate prematurely
even if the vehicle does not depart
from the intended lane, OR, the
LKAS may not warn you if the vehicle
leaves the intended lane under the
following circumstances:
• The lanes ahead are not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road
surface, or other factors.
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
from the road due to dust, sand
and other factors covering up the
lane.
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly, such as when entering
or exiting a tunnel or passing under
a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight.
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or
the lane marking is faded or not
clearly marked.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
within the road due to sunlight
reflected on the road surface.
• The windshield or the LKAS camera lens is blocked with dirt or
debris.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• The lanes are incomplete or the
area is in a construction zone.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road in front of you.
• The lane line is merged or divided.
(e.g. tollgate)
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• The lane markings are not clearly
visible from the road.
• The shadow is on the lane marker
by a median strip.
• The lane width is too wide or too
narrow. See previous page.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane line
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
line or the vehicle ahead is driving
on the lane line.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The vehicle continuously drives up
and down a slope.
• Driving is interrupted by a strong
crosswind.
5-79
Driving your vehicle
ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
(IF EQUIPPED)
■ Type A
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control
System is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
OHI056080N
■ Type B
OHI056081N
➀ Cruise Indicator
➁ Set Speed
➂ Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
The Smart Cruise Control System
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and distance detecting the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator/
brake pedal.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using
the Smart Cruise Control system.
5-80
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, (cruise (
)
indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated)
the Smart Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
Keep the Smart Cruise
Control System off (cruise
(
) indicator light
OFF) when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Set the Smart Cruise Control
speed under the posted
speed, which is regulated by
the law.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
System when traveling on
open highways in good weather.
(Continued)
05
(Continued)
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or
windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving in parking lots
- When driving near crash barriers
- When driving on a sharp
curve
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather, such as fog, snow,
rain, or sandstorm)
To Adjust the Sensitivity of
Smart Cruise Control
OHI056091L
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following a vehicle in front to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →
Driving Assist → Smart Cruise
Control Response → Slow/Normal/
Fast' on the LCD display. You may
select one of the three stages you
prefer.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the vehicle
in front to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the vehicle
in front to maintain the set distance
is normal
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the vehicle
in front to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
5-81
Driving your vehicle
To Convert to Cruise Control
Mode
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
WARNING
OHI056092L
OHI056093L
The driver may choose to only use
the Cruise Control Mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control
System on (the cruise indicator
will be on but the system will not
be activated).
2. Press and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" mode and "Cruise
Control" mode.
5-82
When using the Cruise Control
mode, you must manually
adjust the distance to other
vehicles by depressing the
accelerator or brake pedal. The
system does not automatically
adjust the distance to vehicles
in front of you.
05
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
OHI056070
OHI056069
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set as follows:
• 20 mph (30 km/h)~120 mph (200
km/h): when there is no vehicle
in front
• 5 mph (10 km/h)~120 mph (200
km/h): when there is a vehicle in
front
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it at the
desired speed. The Set Speed
and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
on the LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
i Information
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
5-83
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
OHI056071
OHI056070
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase by 1.0
mph (1.0 km/h) each time you
move the toggle switch up in this
manner.
• Maximum speed setting is 120
mph (200 km/h).
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1.0
mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move
the toggle switch down in this manner.
• Minimum speed setting is 20 mph
(30 km/h).
CAUTION
Check the driving condition
before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold
the toggle switch.
5-84
05
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
Smart Cruise Control will be
temporarily canceled when:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again.
OHI056072
CAUTION
Be careful when accelerating
temporarily, because the speed
is not controlled automatically
at this time even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
Canceled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL button
located on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off
temporarily when the Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise (
) indicator is
illuminated continuously.
Canceled automatically
• The vehicle speed drops below 6
mph (10 km/h) without detection of
traffic in front. (Note: See 5-90 "In
traffic situation" for system reaction
when slowed by stopped traffic).
• The driver's door is opened.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph
(210 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
5-85
Driving your vehicle
• The radar or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• The vehicle is stopped for more
than 5 minutes.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, approximately 3 minutes
after the vehicle is stopped by the
Smart Cruise Control System with
no other vehicle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period.
• The engine RPM enters the red
zone.
• The AEB is activated.
Each of these actions will cancel the
Smart Cruise Control operation. The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the LCD display will go
off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is cancelled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- toggle switch is pushed. Also,
the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
will be applied when the vehicle is
stopped.
5-86
NOTICE
If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled by other than the reasons
mentioned, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI056082L
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is canceled, the warning chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
05
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
CAUTION
Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle
switch up (RES+) to resume
speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
OHI056070
OHI056069
Press the CRUISE button (the cruise
(
) indicator light will go
off).
OHI056071
If any method other than the cruise
toggle switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you push
the toggle switch up (RES+) or down
(SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume
when there is a vehicle in front of
your vehicle.
5-87
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
When the lane ahead is clear:
OHI056073
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle
ahead of you without pressing the
accelerator or brake pedal.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 2
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance maintain as
follows:
Distance 4 - approximately
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately
(25 m)
5-88
172 feet
130 feet
106 feet
82 feet
OHI046199N
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
05
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
Distance 4
WARNING
Distance 3
OHI056087N
OHI056084N/OHI046158N
Distance 2
Distance 1
OHI056085N/OHI056086N
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control System:
• The warning chime sounds
and the Vehicle-to Vehicle
Distance indicator blinks if
the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
depress the accelerator or
brake pedal to actively adjust
the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
5-89
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
OHI056088L
OHI056089L
CAUTION
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph
(30km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message "Watch
for surrounding vehicles" will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
5-90
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
to start driving.
• If you push the advanced smart
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and
advanced smart cruise control is
operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
05
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not properly activate, if the radar
is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning
ON the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).
Front Radar Sensor
OHI056073
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
radar to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.
Warning message
OHI046138L
Check Smart Cruise Control
System
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
and have the system checked.
OHI056090L
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the
Smart Cruise Control System operation may stop temporarily. If this
occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display. Remove
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean
the radar sensor lens cover before
operating the Smart Cruise Control
System.
5-91
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor. Doing
so
may
adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and lens cover clean and free
of dirt and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash
the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the Smart
Cruise Control System may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around
the radar sensor, the Smart
Cruise Control System may
not operate properly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Use only Genesis/Hyundai
Part to repair or replace a
damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
5-92
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control System
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
OHI056200
• The Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
05
Lane changing
OHI056201
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
On inclines
OHI056203
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the radar until it
is in the radar's detection range.
• The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle moves into your
lane, your vehicle will accelerate to
the set speed.
OHI056202
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control System
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-93
Driving your vehicle
Detecting vehicles
OHI056209
OHI056208
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the radar:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the radar if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
5-94
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
OHI056204
• When vehicles are at a standstill
and the vehicle in front of you
changes to the next lane, be careful when your vehicle starts to
move because it may not recognize the stopped vehicle in front of
you.
05
WARNING
OHI056210
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
OHI056205
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following precautions:
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the
brakes. The vehicle cannot be
stopped by using the Smart
Cruise Control System.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
• The Smart Cruise Control
System cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
the system's reaction or may
cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance.
(Continued)
5-95
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The Smart Cruise Control
System may not recognize
complex driving situations so
always pay attention to driving conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
NOTICE
The Smart Cruise Control System
may not operate temporarily due
to:
• Electrical interference
• Modifying the suspension
• Differences of tire abrasion or
tire pressure
• Installing different type of tires
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-96
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
05
DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEM (DAA, IF EQUIPPED)
The Driver Attention Alert (DAA),
system is to warn the driver with any
hazardous driving situations upon
detecting the driver's fatigue level or
inattentive driving practices.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Alert system mode.
- Off : The Driver Attention Alert
system is deactivated.
- Normal : The Driver Attention
Alert system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices.
- Early : The Driver Attention Alert
system helps alert the driver of
his/her fatigue level or inattentive
driving practices faster than
Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Alert system will be maintained, as
selected, when the engine is restarted.
Prerequisite for activation
OHI056119L
• The Driver Attention Alert system
is set to be in the OFF position,
when your vehicle is first delivered
to you from the factory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Alert system, turn on the engine,
and then select 'User Settings →
Driving Assist → Driver Attention
Alert → Normal/Early' on the LCD
display.
The Driver Attention Alert system is
operable, when driving speed is
between 40 mph (60 km/h) and 110
mph (180 km/h).
5-97
Driving your vehicle
Display of the driver's attention
level
■ System off
• The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
Take a break
OHI056132L
■ Attentive driving
OHI056122L
OHI056120L
■ Inattentive driving
OHI056121L
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Driving Assist' on the LCD
display. (For more information,
refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.)
5-98
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver’s attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Alert system
does not suggest the driver to take
a break, when the total driving time
is shorter than 10 minutes.
05
Resetting the System
System Standby
OHI056215L
OHI056218L
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Alert system.
• The Driver Attention Alert system
resets the last break time to 00:00
and the driver's attention level to 5
in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver's door.
- The engine has been idled continuously over 10 minutes.
• The Driver Attention Alert system
operates again, when the driver
restarts driving.
The Driver Attention Alert system
enters the ready status and displays
the 'Standby' screen in the following
situations.
- The camera sensor keeps failing to
detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40
mph (60 km/h) or over 110 mph
(180 km/h).
5-99
Driving your vehicle
System Malfunction
NOTICE
OHI046141L
When the "Check System" warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• The Driver Attention Alert
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention
Alert system.
5-100
The Driver Attention Alert system
utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunction of the Driver Attention Alert
(DAA) system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble
the camera assembly, nor apply
any impact on the camera
assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset
the Driver Attention Alert system warning sounds.
05
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Alert system may not properly operate
with limited alerting in the following situations:
• The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS)" in this
chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven
or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen
objects, bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined
(possibly due to wide variation
in tire pressures, uneven tire
wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment).
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by the
following driving assist systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS)
- Smart Blind Spot Detection
System
- Automatic
Emergency
Braking (AEB) System
5-101
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions
Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the
below suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or
other non-slip materials under the
wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes
stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on
slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
5-102
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and
excessive wheel spin occurs,
the temperature in the tires can
increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow
out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat
quickly, possibly causing an
engine compartment fire or
other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as
possible to prevent overheating
of either the tires or the engine.
DO NOT allow the vehicle to
spin the wheels above 35 mph
(56 km/h).
05
i Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission,
and tire damage. See "Towing" in
chapter 6.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
and possibly lead to an accident.
See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases
as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
5-103
Driving your vehicle
Driving in Flooded Areas
Drive belt
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or
damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged
tires, which may reduce traction or
fail the braking operation.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less
efficient than driving at a slower,
more moderate speed. Maintain a
moderate speed in order to conserve
fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine
coolant level and the engine oil
before driving.
5-104
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds
than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in
any way that you would raise
the center of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure all
passengers are wearing their
seat belts.
05
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause
other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on
snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or
to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand,
a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a
blanket, etc.
We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F
(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for
your vehicle.
Standard tire
Front
Tire size
Wheel
size
Recommended snow tire
Rear
Tire size
Front
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Rear
Tire size
Wheel
size
245/45R19 8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19 245/45R19 8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation
pressure as the original tires. However, if you mount 245/45R19 size tire on
the rear, the tire inflation pressure should maintain 35psi. Mount snow tires on
all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires on dry road may not be as high as your
vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum
speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5-105
Driving your vehicle
Tire chains
WARNING
OHI056076
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; if unavoidable use AutoSock®
(fabric snow chain or similar). Install
the tire chain after reviewing the
instructions provided with the tire
chains. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper tire chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
5-106
The use of AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain) may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30
km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of AutoSock.
i Information
• Install AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires. It should be
noted that installing AutoSock®
(fabric snow chain) on the tires will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
05
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as
tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain), park the vehicle on
level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the
vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing tire
chains.
NOTICE
When using AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a service station.
AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of AutoSock.
5-107
Driving your vehicle
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the
engine, in the engine compartment,
may cause a failure or combustion.
The manufacturer is not responsible
for the damage caused by such
placement.
To keep locks from freezing
Do not let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear selector lever in P
and block the rear wheels so the car
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
5-108
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
05
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
5-109
Driving your vehicle
Tire Loading Information Label
OHI056219N
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Vehicle capacity weight
Cargo capacity
882 lbs. (400 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5-110
05
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an accident.
5-111
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Example 2
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Example 3
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
5-112
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
05
Certification label
WARNING
OBH059070
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by your warranty. Do
not overload your vehicle.
5-113
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
WARNING
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
5-114
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .............................................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving ............................................................6-3
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing...................................6-3
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving .....................................................6-3
In Case of an Emergency While Driving...................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly.....................6-4
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start........................6-4
If the Engine Will Not Start........................................................6-4
Jump Starting ................................................................................6-5
Push-Starting................................................................................................6-7
If the Engine Overheats..............................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).............................6-10
Check Tire Pressure..................................................................................6-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .........................................................6-11
Low Tire Pressure Telltale.......................................................................6-12
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ..................6-12
TPMS Malfunction Indicator...................................................................6-13
Changing a Tire with TPMS ....................................................................6-14
If You Have a Flat Tire..............................................................6-16
Jack Label ....................................................................................................6-22
Towing..........................................................................................6-23
Towing Service ...........................................................................................6-23
Removable Towing Hook..........................................................................6-25
Emergency Towing ....................................................................................6-25
6
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the
left and right turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
OHI066001
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6-2
06
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or seek other
qualified assistance.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm, level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift lever into P(Park),
and apply the parking brake, and
place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the Engine Doesn't Turn
Over or Turns Over Slowly
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn't Start
• Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the shift lever is in
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter
to overload which can lead to
damage to the emission control
system.
6-4
06
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away
from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is
highly combustible, and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
6-5
What to do in an emergency
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
OHI066005
5. Open the small service cover with
a screwdriver.
6. Remove the engine room fuse box
cover.
Jump starting procedure
i Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk
compartment, but when you jump
start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
6-6
OHI066006N
7. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
8. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
06
9. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
10. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals
or the correct ground. Do not
lean over the battery when making connections.
11. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
12. Keep your vehicle operating for at
least 30 minutes at idle or driving
to assure your battery receives
enough charge to be able to start
on its own after the vehicle is
shut off. A complete dead battery
may require as long as 60 minutes runtime to fully recharge it. If
vehicle is run for less, the battery
may not restart. If you continue to
have problem, have your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products test the battery.
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
Push-Starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this chapter
for jump-starting.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)
and set the parking brake. If the air
conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
6-8
WARNING
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the moving
parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent serious injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
06
WARNING
Your
vehicle
is
equipped with a pressurized coolant reserve
tank. NEVER remove
the radiator cap, drain
plug and heater hose connector
cap (refer to the below picture)
while the engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the coolant reserve tank
cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag
around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to release
some of the pressure from the
system. Step back while the
pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
NOTICE
Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and
should be checked as soon as
possible by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
■ Heater hose connector cap
(for Tau 5.0 GDI engine)
OHI076060L
6-9
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Check Tire Pressure
OHI066008
OHI046160L
OHI046129N
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor /
TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-10
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Modes" in
chapter 3.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a
few minutes of driving after initial
engine start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive
to display" message will appear.
After driving, check the tire pressure.
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "LCD
Modes" in chapter 3).
06
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the
low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
6-11
What to do in an emergency
i Information
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/
TPMS Malfunction Indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to the ON position or engine
is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
6-12
Low Tire Pressure
Telltale
Low Tire
Pressure LCD
Display with
Position
Indicator
OHI046129N
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
06
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
i Information
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
NOTICE
In winter or cold weather, the Low
Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weather.
It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from
a warm area to a cold area or from
a cold area to a warm area, or the
outside temperature is greatly
higher or lower, you should check
the tire inflation pressure and
adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
i Information
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pressures in
the cluster LCD display will not be
available. Have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public
offices, broadcasting stations,
military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow
chains are used or electronic
devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation,
etc. This may interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible or replace the flat tire
with the spare tire.
NOTICE
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products to repair and/or inflate a low
pressure tire. Tire sealant not
approved by authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor.
When the low pressure tire or the flat
tire is replaced with the spare tire,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on. Also, the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
6-14
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
CAUTION
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
06
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system’s ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack
handle to stay clear of the flat
end. The flat end has sharp
edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and tools
OHI066026N
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
6-16
OHI066028
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from "rattling", store them in their
proper location.
06
Changing tires
WARNING
OHI066029
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
NOTICE
When you remove or store the
spare tire, do not contact or bump
the battery with the spare tire.
Contacting or bumping the battery
may cause failure of electrical circuits.
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety precautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a
level, firm place off the road,
call a towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into P(Park),
apply the parking brake, and place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
OHI066012N
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
■ Front
■ Rear
OHI066010N
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
OHI066013N
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two notches and two dimples.
Never jack any other position or
part of the vehicle. Doing so may
damage the side seal molding or
other parts of the vehicle.
6-18
06
■ Rear
OHI066014
OHI066015N
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them
with your fingers. Remove the
wheel from the studs and lay it flat
on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from the
studs, mounting surfaces, and
wheel.
10. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products tighten the lug nuts to
their proper torque as soon as
possible. The wheel lug nut
should be tightened to 79~94
lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels"
in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
i Information
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
6-19
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing that
the same nuts that were removed
are reinstalled. If you have to
replace your lug nuts make sure
they have metric threads to avoid
damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to
the hub. Consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
6-20
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
• On AWD vehicles, do not use
the compact spare tire continuously. It may damage to the
AWD driving system or the
differential. Temporarily use
the compact spare tire for
emergency only.
06
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
i Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards,
such as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diameter
is smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces
the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of
the smaller size, a tire chain will
not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim rings
be used with the compact spare
wheel.
6-21
What to do in an emergency
Jack Label
■ Example
OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
6-22
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
06
TOWING
Towing Service
Do not place straps over body panels
or through the wheels.
A
NOTICE
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis parts.
Otherwise the vehicle may be
damaged.
B
Dolly
C
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
NOTICE
Dolly
OHI066016
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and
towing procedures are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle. The
use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
The AWD vehicle should never be
towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or the
AWD system.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the front wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
OHI066031
When towing the vehicle by flatbed
equipment, secure wheels by using
chocks and tie-down straps (or soft
belts).
6-23
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
OHI066019
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position. The side impact
and curtain air bag may deploy
if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OHI066018
NOTICE
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
6-24
NOTICE
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with
the front wheels on the ground
can cause internal damage to the
transmission.
06
Removable Towing Hook
Emergency Towing
■ Front
■ Front
OHI066020N
■ Rear
OHI066022N
■ Rear
OHI066021
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
OHI066023
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
6-25
What to do in an emergency
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
6-26
OHI066024
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inch
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed
equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
06
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead
when using the towing hooks.
Do not pull from the side or at
a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks
to pull a vehicle out of mud,
sand or other conditions from
which the vehicle cannot be
driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive
less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when
towing to avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission.
6-27
Maintenance
Engine Compartment ...................................................................7-3
Maintenance Services .................................................................7-5
Owner's Responsibility ...............................................................................7-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................................7-5
Owner Maintenance ....................................................................7-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule..................................................................7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Service................................................7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) .......................................7-9
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI) .........7-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)................7-14
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) .........................................................................7-17
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ......................7-19
Engine oil.....................................................................................7-22
Checking the Engine Oil Level................................................................7-22
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter .......................................................7-23
Engine Coolant ...........................................................................7-24
Checking the Engine Coolant Level ......................................................7-24
Changing Engine Coolant.........................................................................7-26
Brake Fluid ..................................................................................7-27
Checking the Brake Fluid Level .............................................................7-27
Washer Fluid ...............................................................................7-28
Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..........................................................7-28
Air Cleaner ..................................................................................7-29
Filter Replacement.....................................................................................7-29
Climate Control Air Filter ..........................................................7-30
Filter Inspection .........................................................................................7-30
Wiper Blades...............................................................................7-31
Blade Inspection.........................................................................................7-31
Blade Replacement....................................................................................7-31
Battery.........................................................................................7-33
For Best Battery Service .........................................................................7-34
Battery Recharging ...................................................................................7-35
Reset features ............................................................................................7-36
7
Maintenance
Tires and Wheels .......................................................................7-37
Tire Care ......................................................................................................7-37
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures......................................7-38
Check Tire Inflation Pressure.................................................................7-39
Tire Rotation ...............................................................................................7-39
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance.......................................................7-40
Tire Replacement.......................................................................................7-41
Wheel Replacement...................................................................................7-42
Tire Traction................................................................................................7-43
Tire Maintenance.......................................................................................7-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling...............................................................................7-43
Tire Terminology and Definitions ..........................................................7-47
All Season Tires .........................................................................................7-50
Summer Tires..............................................................................................7-50
Snow Tires...................................................................................................7-50
Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................................................7-51
Low Aspect Ratio Tires ............................................................................7-51
Fuses............................................................................................7-53
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ....................................................7-54
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .................................7-55
Fuse/Relay Panel Description ................................................................7-58
Light bulbs...................................................................................7-71
7
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp,
Daytime Running Light and Side Marker ...........................................7-71
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement.........................................................7-73
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement.........................................7-73
High Mounted Stop Light Replacement ...............................................7-73
License Plate Light Replacement replacement ..................................7-73
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ............................................................7-74
Appearance care ........................................................................7-75
Exterior Care...............................................................................................7-75
Interior Care................................................................................................7-80
Emission Control System...........................................................7-83
Crankcase Emission Control System.....................................................7-83
Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ......................................................7-83
Exhaust Emission Control System .........................................................7-84
California Perchlorate Notice...................................................7-86
07
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3 T-GDI)
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHI076001N
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
7-3
Maintenance
■ Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0 GDI)
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHI076003N
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
7-4
6. Engine oil filler cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Jumper terminal
07
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. An authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
meets Genesis Branded Vehicle's
high service quality standards and
receives technical support from
Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products with
special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate
Owner's Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet provided with
the vehicle.
If you're unsure about any service
or maintenance procedure, have it
done by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
7-5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift lever
into the P (Park) position,
apply the parking brake, place
the Engine Start/Stop button
in the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
7-6
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine
off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
07
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated
tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
7-7
Maintenance
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Fall)
• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7-8
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICE
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule
if the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply,
you must follow the Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10miles
(16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
For additional information or assistance see an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
60
72
84
96
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
I
R
R
I
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
I
R
R
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
I
R
48
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
36
Rotate tires
I
R
12
Spark plugs
Air cleaner filter
Fuel additives *2
48
24
36
Km×1,000
24
15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
12
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Miles×1,000 7.5
Months
Engine oil and engine oil filter
Drive belts *1
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI)
07
7-9
7-10
12
I
Propeller shaft
Exhaust pipe and muffler
I
I
I
I
I
I
36
R : Replace or change.
I
48
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
I
I
Air conditioner compressor
I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
Rear brake disc/pads
I
I
I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
I
60
I
72
I
84
I
96
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
24
12
Suspension mounting bolts
36
15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
24
I
Km×1,000
Miles×1,000 7.5
Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Battery condition
Engine coolant
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Vacuum hose
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)
Maintenance
Months
12
36
48
I
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
60
84
96
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
No check, No service required
72
*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss
of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
*4 : Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
*3 : Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the
label in the engine compartment.)
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
I
I
Parking brake
Brake fluid
I
I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *5
Fuel tank air filter *
I
I
48
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
36
I
24
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *4
5
60
15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
24
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12
ITEM
3
Automatic transmission fluid *
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)
07
7-11
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance Intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,750 miles
(6,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
I
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(96,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I
Front brake disc/
pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear box,
linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Every 3,750 miles
(6,000 km) or 6 months
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J
Front(AWD)/
rear differential oil
R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and
blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft
I
Every 7,500 miles
(12,000 km) or 6 months
C, E
Maintenance item
7-12
07
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A -Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B -Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C -Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
D -Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E -Driving in heavy dust condition
F -Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H -Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K -Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-13
7-14
6
10
Miles×1,000
Km×1,000
Fuel additives *
R
I
R
I
R
30
18
36
40
24
48
60
36
72
70
42
84
80
48
96
90
54
66
72
78
84
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
I
R
Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products perform the operation.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
R
Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)
R
90
100 110 120 130 140 150
60
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months
R
R
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
R : Replace or change.
50
30
60
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months
20
12
24
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
Rotate tires
Valve clearance *3
Spark plugs
Air cleaner filter
2
R
12
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
Engine oil and engine oil filter
Drive belts *1
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)
Maintenance
I
I
I
I
I
Propeller shaft
Exhaust pipe and muffler
R : Replace or change.
I
40
24
48
I
50
30
60
I
60
36
72
I
70
42
84
I
80
48
96
I
90
54
66
72
78
84
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
90
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100 110 120 130 140 150
60
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months
I
30
18
36
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
Rear brake disc/pads
I
I
Suspension mounting bolts
I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
20
10
Km×1,000
12
6
Miles×1,000
24
12
Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Battery condition
Engine coolant
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Vacuum hose
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)
07
7-15
7-16
Fuel filter *
50
30
60
70
42
84
80
48
96
90
54
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
66
72
78
84
90
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
100 110 120 130 140 150
60
108 120 132 144 156 168 180
No check, No service required
60
36
72
*6 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss
of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
*5 : Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
*4 : Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the
label in the engine compartment.)
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
I
I
40
24
48
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
6
6
Fuel tank air filter *
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *
30
20
5
18
12
Miles×1,000 6
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
10
ITEM
4
Automatic transmission fluid *
36
24
Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)
Maintenance
07
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance Intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,000 miles
(5,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
I
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I
Front brake disc/
pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear box,
linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Every 3,000 miles
(5,000 km) or 6 months
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J
Front (AWD)/
rear differential oil
R
Every 72,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and
blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft
I
Every 3,000 miles
(5,000 km) or 6 months
C, E
Maintenance item
7-17
Maintenance
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A -Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B -Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C -Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
D -Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E -Driving in heavy dust condition
F -Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H -Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K -Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-18
07
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the
hard starting. When a considerable
amount of foreign substances are
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
A Genesis/Hyundai air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
7-19
Maintenance
Valve Clearance
(Lambda engine)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products perform the operation.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the
beginning of this chapter.
i Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. This is a normal condition and
you should not judge the need to
replace the fluid based upon the
changed color.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission malfunction and failure.
Use only the specified automatic
transmission fluid (refer to
"Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-20
07
Brake Hoses and Lines
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Brake Fluid
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Brake Transmission Fluid
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7-21
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to
the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
OHI076004
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
OHI076006
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
7-22
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your
engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine
is not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine
components. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
07
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
OHI076007
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
Have engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
OHI076009
NOTICE
Use only the specified engine oil
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
7-23
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
OHI076010
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
OHI076012
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring
the level to the F mark, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that you
see an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for a cooling system inspection.
7-24
07
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or
soft water for your vehicle and
never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
OHI076013
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
OHI076015
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
5°F (-15°C)
-13°F (-25°C)
-31°F (-35°C)
-49°F (-45°C)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of
-31°F and higher.
WARNING
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system.
(Continued)
7-25
Maintenance
(Continued)
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products
according
to
the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
WARNING
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious
injury. Keep
hands, clothing and tools away
from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling fan
is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition. If your vehicle
is equipped with GDI, the electric
motor for the cooling fan may begin
to operate at any time and continue
to operate until you disconnect the
negative battery cable.
7-26
Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause
damage to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant
from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the generator.
07
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid
Level
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
NOTICE
OHI076016
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can
damage brake system parts.
i Information
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could
indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
7-27
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
OHI076017
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7-28
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility
when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
07
AIR CLEANER
Filter Replacement
NOTICE
OHI076018
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed. This will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use Genesis/Hyundai Part, use
of non-Genesis/Hyundai Part
could damage the air flow sensor.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned
for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace the air cleaner filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
7-29
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
OHI076050
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on
the left side of the cover.
OHI076051
1. Open the glove box and remove
the support pin (1).
OHI076055
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
NOTICE
OHI076052
2. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides.
7-30
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effects may decrease, possibly with a noise.
07
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
OHI076056
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some
commercial car washes. If the blades
are not wiping properly, clean both
the window and the blades with a
clean cloth dampened with washer
fluid.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
OHI076019
For your convenience, move the
windshield wiper blades to the service position as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds
and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the
fully up position.
NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
7-31
Maintenance
OVI075165N
OVI075169N
3. Press the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
1. Raise the wiper arm.
OVI075168N
2. Open the wiper blade clip and
slightly rotate the wiper blade
assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.
7-32
OVI075170N
4. Push down the wiper arm (3).
5. Install a blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7. Place the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. The wiper
arms will return to the normal
operating position.
07
BATTERY
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
(Continued)
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
(Continued)
7-33
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
• When you do not use the vehicle
for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully
to prevent battery case damage
in low temperature areas.
7-34
For Best Battery Service
■ Trunk
OHI076020N
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
07
Battery Recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free
and we recommend that the
AGM battery be serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. For charging
your AGM battery, use only fully
automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery, we recommend that you
use parts for replacement from
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories
and press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
(Continued)
7-35
Maintenance
(Continued)
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following order:
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle
may not restart if you shut it off
before the battery had a chance to
adequately recharge. See "Jump
Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health.
Dispose the battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
OHI076021
Reset features
(a) Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
(b) Unhook
the
negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal (1).
(c) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal (2).
• Always use a Genesis/
Hyundai Part approved battery when you replace the battery.
7-36
Some items need to be reset after
the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
See chapter 3 for:
• Auto up/down window
• Sunroof
• Trip computer
• Climate control system
• Power trunk
• Clock
• Seat position memory system
07
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering) control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
OHI086006L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
7-37
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
WARNING
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
7-38
NOTICE
• Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation is also possible.
Keep your tire pressures at the
proper levels. If a tire frequently
needs refilling, have it checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
07
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Tire Rotation
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated every 7,500 miles
(12,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to
put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If a valve
cap is missing, install a new one as
soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
7-39
Maintenance
■ 19inch tire
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
ODH073803
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
i Information
The front tire size is different from the
rear tire size. So when you rotate tires,
check the tire and wheel size.
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
7-40
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle’s aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
07
Tire Replacement
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
OHI076053
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
• When replacing tires (or
wheels), it is recommended to
replace the two front or two
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread,
Genesis
Branded
Vehicle recommends that
tires be replaced after six (6)
years of normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
7-41
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement
Wheel Replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
7-42
i Information
A wheel in the different size may
adversely affect the wheel bearing,
braking, stopping, handling, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
snow-chain clearance, speedometer,
odometer, headlamp angle and
bumper height.
07
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
OHI076059
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
245/45 R19 98W
245 - Tire width in millimeters.
45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
98 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
7-43
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.5J X 19
8.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire’s designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
W
Y
7-44
Maximum Speed
112
118
130
149
168
186
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
(180
(190
(210
(240
(270
(300
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 2717 represents
that the tire was produced in the 27th
week of 2017.
07
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7-45
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
7-46
07
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date
of production.
GVWR
Bead
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
7-47
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Normal Occupant Weight
Light truck(LT) tire
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Load ratings
Outward Facing Sidewall
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Load Index
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
7-48
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
07
Pneumatic tire
Sidewall
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
7-49
Maintenance
Vehicle Capacity Weight
All Season Tires
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use all
year round, including snowy and icy
road conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Summer Tires
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends the use of snow tires or
all season tires on all four wheels.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
7-50
07
Radial-Ply Tires
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch
with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Because the sidewall of a low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than a
standard tire, the rim of the wheel
and the tire itself is more easily
susceptible to damage. Use caution when driving and follow the
guidelines below to help minimize
damage to the wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect
tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is subjected to a severe
impact, have the tire and wheel
inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
- Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).
7-51
Maintenance
NOTICE
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of
tire damage, have the tire
checked or replaced because
the tire damage may cause air
leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it
will not be covered by the warranty.
7-52
07
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
■ Cartridge type
Blown
Normal
Blown
■ Multi fuse
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, turn the engine and all switches
off, and then disconnect the negative
battery cable. Always replace a
blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
i Information
Four kinds of fuses are used : blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type/Multi fuse/Fusible link for
higher amperage ratings.
Normal
Blown
WARNING
■ Fusible link
Normal
Blown
OHI076054
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 4 fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster, another in the engine compartment, and two others in the trunk
compartment.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the system.
7-53
Maintenance
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
OHI076022
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.
Fuse switch
OHI076024
OHI076023
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are
provided in the instrument panel
fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7-54
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the
audio system and clock must be
reset and the smart key may not
work properly.
07
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
i Information
OHI046130L
If the fuse switch is OFF, the above
message will appear.
NOTICE
• Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving the
vehicle.
• Do not move the fuse switch
repeatedly. The fuse switch may
be damaged.
OHI076025
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
OHI076023
4. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
7-55
Maintenance
NOTICE
i Information
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment securely
close the fuse box cover inside
the engine compartment, until it
clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the
electrical system.
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Multi fuse
Main fuse
OHI076027
OHI076026
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7-56
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
07
Blade type fuse
Cartridge type fuse
OHI076028
OHI076029
Before inspecting a fuse, you should
turn OFF the engine as well as the
other electric system switches.
If a fuse is blown out, remove the
blown-out fuse and install a new fuse
of the same capacity by using the
fuse puller, which is prepared inside
the fuse box in the engine compartment. A new fuse may be prepared
along with the fuse puller. However, if
not, you may temporarily select/use
a fuse of the other systems, which do
not affect the vehicle operation, such
as the audio system.
Before inspecting a fuse, you should
turn OFF the engine as well as the
other electric system switches.
If a fuse is blown out, remove the
blown-out fuse and install a new fuse
of the same capacity. Pay extreme
caution not to damage the blown-out
fuse while removing it.
7-57
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
OHI076032
OHI076033N
7-58
07
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse name
Fuse rating
Circuit protected
MODULE5
10A
Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module
MODULE7
10A
Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, AMP,
A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Air Quality
Sensor, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH Head
Lamp LH/RH Driver/Passenger CCS Module
Rear CCS Module LH/RH, Driver/Passenger IMS Control
Module, Rear IMS Control Module LH/RH, Rear Seat
Console Switch
IBU3
10A
IBU Control Module
E-SHIFTER2
10A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MEMORY1
10A
Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller,
Instrument Cluster, Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module,
Rear IMS Control Module LH/RH, Head-Up Display, Analog
Clock
Driver/Passenger Seat Control Switch, Power Trunk Module,
Rear Seat Control Switch LH/RHM Driver/Passenger Smart
Key, Outside Handle Rear Smart Key Outside Handle
LH/RH
RR LH2
P/SEAT
25A
Rear IMS Control Module LH
DRIVER
P/SEAT2
25A
Driver IMS Control Module
P/WINDOW RH
30A
Passenger Power Window Module
Rear Power Window Module RH
MODULE 6
10A
Crash Pad Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH ECS
Unit, Electric Parking Brake Module, Lane Keeping Assist
Module, Front Console Switch, Steering Tilt & Telescopic
Module
MODULE 10
10A
Cooling Fan Controller (BLDC), Rear Seat Console Switch,
Around View Unit, Parking Guide Unit
MODULE3
10A
GATEWAY (B+ (MCU)), Data Link Connector, Hazard
Switch
SUNROOF
25A
Sunroof Motor
PASSENGER
P/SEAT2
25A
Passenger IMS Control Module
7-59
Maintenance
Fuse name
Fuse rating
Circuit protected
RR LH1
P/SEAT
30A
Rear IMS Control Module LH
Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay LH
MODULE8
15A
Head Lamp LH/RH, Adaptive Front Lighting Module
MEMORY2
10A
Driver Power Outside Mirror
POWER
HANDLE
15A
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
PASSENGER
P/SEAT1
30A
Passenger IMS Control Module
Passenger Lumbar Support Unit
P/WINDOW LH
30A
Driver Power Window Module
Rear Power Window Module LH
AIR BAG IND.
10A
Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller
MEMORY3
10A
Passenger Power Outside Mirror
CURTAIN
15A
IBU Control Module
10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay), Analog
Clock, IBU Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, AUX
& USB Jack AMP, Electronic ATM Shift Lever, Front/Rear
Wireless Charger Front Tray Mood Lamp LH/RH, Front/Rear
Console Lamp, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Console
Holder Lamp, Around View Unit, Parking Guide Unit, Rear
USB Jack, Rear USB Jack (N/A), Power Outlet Relay
ROOM LAMP
10A
Overhead Console Lamp, Front/Rear Vanity Lamp LH/RH,
Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Glove Box Lamp,
Front Foot Lamp LH/RH, Front/Center Mood Lamp LH/RH
Luggage Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Seat Foot Lamp,
Driver/Passenger Door Inside Handle Lamp,
Driver/Passenger Door Garnish Lamp, Rear Door Garnish
Lamp, LH/RH, Rear Door Inside Handle Lamp LH/RH
DRIVER
P/SEAT1
30A
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Unit
CLUSTER
10A
Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
MODULE4
7-60
07
Fuse name
Fuse rating
PRE-SAFETY
SEAT BELT
Circuit protected
10A
Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
GATEWAY
10A
GATEWAY (IG1 (MCU))
BRAKE
SWITCH
10A
Stop Lamp Switch, IBU Control Module
IBU2
10A
Start/Stop Button Switch
IBU1
15A
IBU Control Module
MODULE12
10A
Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH
MODULE9
10A
Multifunction Switch
E-SHIFTER1
10A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MULTI MEDIA3
10A
Front Monitor, DVD Player, AUX & USB Jack
MODULE11
10A
IBU Control Module
STEERING
W/HEATER
20A
IBU Control Module
B/ALARM
10A
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
MULTI MEDIA1
30A
Fuse - F42, F51, F52
A/CON2
10A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Co2 Sensor,
Ionizer E/R Junction Lock (RLY.4 - Rear Blower Relay), A/C
Control Module, Front Incar Temperature Sensor, Front A/C
Controller
MULTI MEDIA2
15A
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
MULTI MEDIA4
10A
Keyboard, Rear Monitor LH/RH, Rear Seat Console Switch,
Rear Audio Switch, Rear USB Jack
POWER OUTLET5
15A
Front Power Outlet RH
POWER OUTLET6
20A
Front Power Outlet LH
7-61
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
OHI076030
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
OHI076031N
7-62
07
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse name
Fuse rating
Circuit protected
ALT
200A
Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - F12/F13/F14/ F15, Fuse F24/F25/F28/F29/F30/F31/F33/F34/F35/ F36/ F37/F38/F39
B+1
60A
IGPM (IPS1, Fuse - F36, Leak Current Autocut Device
(Fuse - F5/F18/F19/F26/F27/F42/F49/F51/ F52))
B+3
60A
IGPM (IPS2/IPS3, Fuse - F13/F41)
B+5
60A
IGPM (Fuse - F7/F8/F9/F14/F15/F16/F46)
B+4
60A
IGPM (IPS4/IPS5/IPS6/IPS7, Fuse - F37/F38/F39)
B+6
60A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - F40/F41/ F42)
B+7
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - F65/F68/F69/ F70/F71)
B+2
60A
IGPM (Fuse - F21/F22/F23/F29/F30)
C/FAN2
70A
Cooling Fan Relay
B+8
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - F51/F53/ F55)
MDPS
125A
MDPS Unit
POWER
OUTLET3
20A
[5:5 Seat] Rear Power Outlet #1
[W/O 5:5 Seat] Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
POWER
OUTLET2
20A
[5:5 Seat] Rear Power Outlet #2
[W/O 5:5 Seat] Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
VACUUM
PUMP
40A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] RLY. 3 (Vacuum Pump Relay)
ESC1
40A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ESC2
40A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
DEICER
20A
Front Deicer Relay
7-63
Maintenance
Fuse name
Fuse rating
POWER OUTLET1
40A
Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay)
RR
BLOWER
30A
RLY. 4 (Rear Blower Relay)
WIPER1
30A
Wiper Motor
DRIVER CCS
20A
Driver CCS Module
PASSENGER
CCS
20A
Passenger CCS Module
POWER OUTLET4
20A
[W/O 5:5 Seat] Power Outlet Relay
4WD
30A
4WD ECM
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT1
30A
Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT2
30A
Pre Active Seat Belt Unit
DRIVER
P/DOOR
15A
Driver Door Latch
PASSENGER
P/DOOR
15A
Passenger Door Latch
RR LH
P/DOOR
15A
Rear Door Latch LH
RR RH
P/DOOR
15A
Rear Door Latch RH
IGN2
30A
IG2 Relay
ECU3
30A
Engine Control Relay
MODULE1
10A
4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar
WIPER2
10A
PCB #2 (Wiper Relay)
WASHER
20A
Washer Relay
SENSOR2
10A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
[Tau 5.0 GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, Electronic
Thermostat
7-64
Circuit protected
07
Fuse name
Fuse rating
Circuit protected
SENSOR1
10A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4
(Intake/Exhaust), Purge Control
Solenoid Valve, Oil Pressure Solenoid
Valve, Canister Close Valve
[Tau 5.0 GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/
Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Canister Close Valve
SENSOR3
10A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Electronic Thermostat, Rear Sub
Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
[Tau 5.0 GDI] Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
SENSOR4
10A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1 - Cooling
Fan Relay)
[Tau 5.0 GDI] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1 - Cooling Fan
Relay), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
(Intake/ Exhaust)
IGN COIL
15A
[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
[Tau 5.0 GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8
ECU4
20A
ECM
H/LAMP
HI SOL
10A
Head Lamp (HI SOL) Relay
H/LAMP
WASHER
25A
Head Lamp Washer Relay
A/CON1
10A
A/C Control Module
FRT
BLOWER
40A
Front Blower Relay
IGN1
40A
IG1 Relay
START
30A
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 2 - Start Relay)
ECU1
15A
ECM
TCU1
20A
TCM
ESC3
10A
ESC Control Module
7-65
Maintenance
Fuse name
Fuse rating
MODULE2
10A
4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar
MDPS2
10A
MDPS Unit, Steering Angle Sensor
SENSOR5
10A
[G6DP] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 3 - Vacuum Pump- Relay),
Brake Vacuum Switch
HORN
20A
Horn Relay
ECU2
10A
ECM
TCU2
15A
TCM, B/UP Lamp Relay, P/N Relay
EPB2
15A
Electric Parking Brake Module
EPB1
15A
Electric Parking Brake Module
B/UP
LAMP
10A
B/Up Lamp Relay
ACC
40A
ACC Relay
7-66
Circuit protected
07
Trunk fuse panel
(Rear fuse box panel)
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
OHI076034N
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
OHI076035N
7-67
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
Fuse name
Fuse rating
REAR DEFOGGER
40A
Rear Defogger Relay
POWER
TRUNK
30A
Power Trunk Module
DOOR LOCK2
15A
Passenger Door Module
RDM LH
15A
Rear Door Module LH
RR RH2
P/SEAT
25A
Rear IMS Control Module RH
AIR BAG
15A
Air Bag Relay
RDM RH
15A
Rear Door Module RH
RR RH HEATER
SEAT
20A
Rear CCS Module RH,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH
AMP
25A
AMP (Premium, Premium High)
RR RH1
P/SEAT
30A
Rear IMS Control Module RH,
Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay RH
RR RH3
P/SEAT
15A
Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module RH
RR RL3
P/SEAT
15A
Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module LH
ECS
10A
ECS Unit
FUEL LID
10A
Fuel Lid Open Relay, Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch
DOOR LOCK1
10A
Driver Door Module
TRUNK LID
10A
Trunk Lid Relay
RR LH HEATER
SEAT
20A
Rear CCS Module LH,
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH
FUEL PUMP
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
7-68
Circuit protected
07
Trunk fuse panel
(Battery box fuse panel)
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
OHI076036N
Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
OHI076073N
7-69
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
Fuse name
Fuse rating
B+
100A
Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuse - F55 ~ F73)
B+
80A
Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - F57/F58/F59/ F60)
AMS
10A
Battery Sensor
7-70
Circuit protected
07
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to replace most vehicle light
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you
can get to the bulb. This is especially
true for removing the headlamp
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn
Signal Lamp, Daytime Running
Light and Side Marker
Replacement
Type A – HID headlamp
i Information
After heavy driving, rain or washing,
headlamp and trunk lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused
by the temperature difference between
the lamp inside and the outside temperature. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside
your vehicle during the rain and doesn't indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp
bulb circuitry, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the foot brake, move
the shift lever into P (Park)
apply the parking brake, place
the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, and take
the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fingers.
OHI076038N
(1) Headlamp (Low/High)
(2) Parking lamp
(3) Turn signal lamp/
Daytime running light
(4) Side marker
Headlamp (Low, High)
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low/high beam
(XENON bulb) due to electric
shock danger. If the low/high
beam (XENON bulb) is not working, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
7-71
Maintenance
i Information
Type B – LED headlamp
If your vehicle is equipped with High
Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps,
these headlamps contain mercury. So
if you need to have your vehicle disposed, you should remove the HID
headlamps before disposal. The
removed HID headlamps should be
recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste.
i Information
HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs.
HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or
longer than halogen bulbs depending
on their frequency of use. They will
probably require replacement at some
point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling
the headlamps on and off more than
typical use will shorten HID lamps
life. HID lamps do not fail in the same
manner as halogen incandescent
lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a
period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp
switch is cycled it is likely the HID
lamp needs to be replaced. HID lighting components are more complex
than conventional halogen bulbs thus
have higher replacement cost.
Parking lamp/Daytime running
light/Side marker
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
7-72
OHI076039N
(1) Headlamp (Low)
(2) Headlamp (High)
(3) Parking lamp
(4) Turn signal/Daytime running light
(5) Side marker
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
07
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement
High Mounted Stop Light
Replacement
OHI076040
OHI076043
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement
License Plate Light
Replacement replacement
OHI076041
(1) Stop/Tail lamp
(2) Turn signal/Backup lamp
(3) Side marker
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI076044
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
7-73
Maintenance
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
■ Front lamps
■ Trunk room lamp
■ Rear lamps
• Type A
■ Vanity mirror lamp
• Type A
• Type B
• Type B
■ Glove box lamp
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OHI076066L/OHI076068L/OHI076069L/OHI076046/OHI076045/OHI076071L/OHI076070L
7-74
07
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
Finish maintenance
Washing
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure nozzles, which induce either one-direct
water stream or water swirling.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7-75
Maintenance
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
OHI076049N
NOTICE
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
7-76
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deterioration.
07
Finish damage repair
Underbody maintenance
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body
shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down the
road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not be allowed to clog with
dirt; trapped water in these areas can
cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7-77
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, clean the
wheels after driving on salted
roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use cleaners containing
acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces cars of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job.
To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver,
the owner’s cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
7-78
07
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
into the garage when it is still wet or
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even
a heated garage can contribute to
corrosion unless it is well ventilated
so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
7-79
Maintenance
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/ alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.
7-80
Also, its fire-resistant properties can
be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural object, each part differs in
thickness or density.
- Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
07
CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage
are not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat
cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of a proper leather protective
may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color.
- Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective agents.
- Light colored(beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated
and the stain is noticeable. Clean
the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Handling prime napa leather
(if equipped)
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight
and heat exposure naturally fades
and dries out napa leather, causing
wrinkles and discoloration. If the
napa leather is wet with liquid, immediately clean it with lint-free cloth to
minimize damage. Do not scratch the
napa leather surface with a sharp
object. If your napa leather seat is
bright colored, it may be contaminated or stained from dyed materials
such as jeans.
7-81
Maintenance
Interior wooden trim
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
• Use a wooden furniture protector
(e.g. wax, coating compound) to
clean the interior wooden trim.
• Often wipe the interior wooden trim
with a lint-free, clean cloth to maintain the unique wooden textures for
a longer period of time.
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
NOTICE
• If you spill beverage (e.g. water,
coffee) over the interior wooden
trim, immediately wipe it with
clean, dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),
adhesive materials, or tapes
may damage the interior wooden
trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the
interior wooden trim is removed,
moisture may damage or
change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is
damaged, you may get a splinter
from
the
wood
surface.
Therefore, you should immediately have the damaged interior
wooden trim replaced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
7-82
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
07
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
this manual.
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (With Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch (ESC
OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
7-83
Maintenance
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7-84
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
07
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running. To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
NOTICE
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a
noticeable loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the engine off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at
high idle speed for extended
periods (5 minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with
any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be
made by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to
misfire and result in excessive
loading of the catalytic converter.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take
the following precautions:
7-85
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to
Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-86
Specifications &
Consumer information
Dimensions ....................................................................................8-2
Engine ............................................................................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ................................................................................8-3
Tires and Wheels..........................................................................8-4
Luggage Volume ...........................................................................8-5
Gross Vehicle Weight...................................................................8-5
Air Conditioning System..............................................................8-5
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ................................8-6
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number....................................................8-7
Vehicle Certification Label..........................................................8-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .........................................8-8
Tire Specification and Pressure Label......................................8-8
Refrigerant Label .........................................................................8-9
Engine Number .............................................................................8-9
Consumer Information...............................................................8-10
Reporting Safety Defects .........................................................8-11
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Items
in (mm)
Overall length
204.9 (5,205)
Overall width
75.4 (1,915)
Overall height
58.9 (1,495)
Front tread
245/45 R19
Rear tread
275/40 R19
Wheelbase
64.6 (1,640)
64.5 (1,639)
124.4 (3,160)
ENGINE
Items
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
8-2
Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
Tau 5.0 GDI
203.94 (3,342)
307.43 (5,038)
3.62x3.29 (92x84)
3.77x3.42 (96x87)
1-2-3-4-5-6
1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3
6, V-type
8, V-type
08
BULB WATTAGE
Light bulb
Low
Headlamp
High
Front
Bulb type
Wattage
Type A
D1S
35
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
D1S
35
Type B
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
Turn signal lamp
Parking lamp
Side maker
Daytime running light (DRL)
Side repeater lamp (Outside mirror)
Stop/Tail
Rear combination lamp
Rear
Turn signal
Backup
Side marker
High mounted stop lamp
License plate lamp
Map lamp
Room lamp
Interior
Front/Rear vanity mirror lamp
Globe box lamp
Trunk room lamp
Personal lamp
8-3
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Wheel lug
nut torque
Maximum load
kgf·m
Front
Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Item
Tire size
Wheel
size
Normal load *
Front
Rear
245/45
R19
8.5Jx19
240
(35)
-
240
(35)
-
275/40
R19
9.5Jx19
-
240
(35)
-
240
(35)
T155/70
R19
4.0Tx19
420
(60)
420
(60)
420
(60)
420
(60)
Full size tire
Compact
spare tire
11~13
(79~94,
107~127)
* Normal load : Up to 3 persons
i Information
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every
12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area
above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire
pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation
per altitude: +2.4psi/1mile )
NOTICE
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or
not work properly.
8-4
08
LUGGAGE VOLUME
ltem
Lambda 3.3
Tau 5.0
15.67 cu ft (444 l)
SAE
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
Items
2WD
AWD
Gross vehicle weight
5,578 (2,530)
lbs (kg)
Tau 5.0 GDI
2WD
AWD
5,732 (2,600) 5,710 (2,590) 5,864 (2,660)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
cu. in (cc)
Weight of Volume
Classification
24.69±0.88 (700±25)
R-134a
4.23±0.35 (120±10)
PAG (FD46XG)
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
8-5
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use
only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote
engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2
(drain and refill)
3.3 T-GDI
5.0
GDI
2WD
AWD
Volume
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
Classification
ACEA A5/B5
API SN & ILSAC GF-5
8.45 US qt. (8.0 l) API SM & ILSAC GF-4*3
9.72 US qt. (9.2 l) (or above)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/
Hyundai ATF SP-IV-RR or
other brands meeting the
9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)
above specification
approved by Genesis Motors
USA
Automatic
transmission fluid
10.36 US qt. (9.8 l) Mixture of antifreeze and
water (phosphate based eth2WD 12.68 US qt. (12.0 l) ylene glycol coolant for aluAWD 12.05 US qt. (11.4 l) minum radiator)
3.3 T-GDI
Engine coolant
5.0
GDI
Brake fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt.
(0.7~0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Rear differential oil *4
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l) Hypoid gear oil MS51715GT 75W/85 (GL-5)
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL
1.48 US qt. (1.4 l) 75W/85 equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.66 US qt. (0.62 l) SHELL TF0870B
Fuel
21.9 US gal. (83 l)
Front differential oil (AWD) *4
Refer to “Fuel Requirements”
in the Introduction chapter.
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other
additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel
necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to
measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and
energy savings.
*3 : If the API SM & ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able
to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3
*4 : If the front/rear differential is submerged, we recommend that you visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products to replace differential oil.
8-6
08
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
NOTICE
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine
oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot
weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could
result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to
select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Temperature
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
Engine Oil *1
50
120
10W-30
5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your
country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
Temperature
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
Engine Oil *1
50
120
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil
of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4
(or above)). However, if the engine oil is not available in your
country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8-7
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ Frame number
OHI086001
OHI086002
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver's side center
pillar gives the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
■ VIN label
OHI086006L
OHI086007L
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
8-8
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
08
ENGINE NUMBER
REFRIGERANT LABEL
(IF EQUIPPED)
■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
OHI086003
■ Tau 5.0 GDI
OHI086008N
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and
amount.
The label is located on the underside
of the hood.
OHI086004
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8-9
Specifications & Consumer information
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S.
Department of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will
help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed
all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions
in this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings
"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of
your vehicle, please contact your nearest Genesis Customer Care Regional
Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Maine,
Massachusetts,
New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania,
Rhode
Island,
Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,
Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
Central Region
2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook
Terrace, IL 60181
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Oregon,
Utah,
Washington,
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850
Fountain Valley, California 927280850
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
8-10
08
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Genesis Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your retailer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
8-11
Index
I
Index
A
Advanced smart cruise control system ................................................................5-80
AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ..........................................................3-107
Air bag warning labels .........................................................................................2-82
Air bags ................................................................................................................2-57
Additional safety precautions......................................................................2-81
Air bag collision sensors .............................................................................2-75
Air bag inflation conditions ........................................................................2-76
Air bag non-inflation conditions .................................................................2-77
Air bag warning labels ................................................................................2-82
Curtain air bags ...........................................................................................2-62
Driver's air bag ............................................................................................2-59
Driver's knee airbag ....................................................................................2-59
How does the air bags system operate? ......................................................2-63
Occupant classification system (OCS)........................................................2-68
Passenger's front air bag..............................................................................2-59
Side air bags ................................................................................................2-61
SRS Care .....................................................................................................2-80
SRS components and functions ..................................................................2-63
SRS warning light .......................................................................................2-64
What to expect after an air bag inflates ......................................................2-67
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ................................................2-74
Air cleaner ............................................................................................................7-35
Air conditioning refrigerant label ......................................................................3-136
Air conditioning system specification....................................................................8-5
Air conditioning system .....................................................................................3-122
Alarm system........................................................................................................3-14
All wheel drive (AWD)........................................................................................5-21
Antenna ..................................................................................................................4-2
Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............................................................................5-35
Appearance care ...................................................................................................7-75
Exterior care ................................................................................................7-75
Interior care .................................................................................................7-80
Armrest (rear seat)................................................................................................2-21
Auto defogging system ......................................................................................3-139
Auto light position..............................................................................................3-101
I-2
I
Automatic climate control system......................................................................3-122
Air conditioning ........................................................................................3-134
Air Conditioning refrigerant label ............................................................3-136
Air intake control ......................................................................................3-131
Air quality system (AQS) .........................................................................3-132
Automatic heating and air conditioning....................................................3-123
Automatic ventilation................................................................................3-140
Clean air ....................................................................................................3-140
Fan speed control ......................................................................................3-132
Manual heating and air conditioning ........................................................3-124
Mode selection ..........................................................................................3-125
OFF mode..................................................................................................3-133
Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................................................3-140
SYNC button.............................................................................................3-130
System maintenance..................................................................................3-135
Temperature control ..................................................................................3-129
Temperature unit conversion.....................................................................3-129
Automatic emergency braking (AEB) system .....................................................5-61
Automatic locking retractor (ALR)......................................................................2-34
Automatic transmission ........................................................................................5-11
Automatic transmission
Good driving practices ................................................................................5-19
LCD display messages ................................................................................5-17
Paddle shifter (manual mode) .....................................................................5-15
Shift change P to N with the engine off......................................................5-16
Shift lock system .........................................................................................5-15
When the battery is discharged ...................................................................5-16
Automatic ventilation function ..........................................................................3-140
Aux, USB and iPod................................................................................................3-2
B
Bag hanger..........................................................................................................3-151
Battery ..................................................................................................................7-33
Battery
Battery recharging .......................................................................................7-31
Battery saver function ........................................................................................3-106
Before driving ........................................................................................................5-5
Blade type fuse.....................................................................................................7-57
Blind spot detection (BSD) system......................................................................5-49
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free..........................................................4-4
I-3
Index
Bottle holder.......................................................................................................3-146
Brake fluid............................................................................................................7-27
Brake system ........................................................................................................5-25
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)....................................................................5-35
Auto hold.....................................................................................................5-31
Disc brakes wear indicator..........................................................................5-26
Electronic parking brake (EPB) ..................................................................5-26
Electronic stability control (ESC) ...............................................................5-37
Good braking practices ...............................................................................5-42
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ....................................................................5-41
Power brakes ...............................................................................................5-25
Vehicle stability management (VSM) .........................................................5-40
Bulb replacement
Daytime running light .................................................................................7-71
Front turn signal lamp .................................................................................7-71
Headlamp ....................................................................................................7-71
High mounted stop lamp .............................................................................7-73
Interior light bulb ........................................................................................7-74
License plate light bulb ...............................................................................7-73
Rear combination light bulb........................................................................7-73
Side marker .................................................................................................7-71
Side repeater lamp ......................................................................................7-73
Bulb wattage...........................................................................................................8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button .......................................................5-7
C
California perchlorate notice................................................................................7-85
Camera (Rear view) ...........................................................................................3-115
Capacities (Lubricants) ..........................................................................................3-6
Care Exterior care ................................................................................................7-75
Interior care .................................................................................................7-80
Tire care.......................................................................................................7-37
Cartridge type fuse ...............................................................................................7-57
Cellular phone holder.........................................................................................3-144
Center console storage .......................................................................................3-142
Central door lock switch ......................................................................................3-11
Certification label...................................................................................................8-8
Chains
Tire chains .................................................................................................5-106
I-4
I
Changing a Tire with TPMS ................................................................................6-14
Checking tire inflation pressure ...........................................................................7-39
Child restraint system (CRS) ...............................................................................2-45
Booster seats................................................................................................2-48
Children always in the rear .........................................................................2-45
Forward-facing child restraint system ........................................................2-48
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ....................................................2-48
Lower Anchors and tether for children .......................................................2-49
Rearward-facing child restraint system.......................................................2-47
Securing a child restraint system seat with "Tether Anchor" system .........3-52
Securing a child restraint system with a lap/shoulder belt .........................3-53
Securing a child restraint with the the LATCH anchors system.................2-51
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ....................................................2-46
Child-protector rear door lock..............................................................................3-13
Clean air .............................................................................................................3-140
Climate control air filter.......................................................................................7-30
Clock ..................................................................................................................3-149
Clothes hanger....................................................................................................3-150
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ......................................................3-60
Compact spare tire replacement ...........................................................................7-42
Consumer information..........................................................................................8-10
Coolant .................................................................................................................7-24
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant.........................................................................7-24
Crankcase emission control system .....................................................................7-83
Cruise control system...........................................................................................5-80
Cup holder ..........................................................................................................3-146
Curtain air bags ....................................................................................................2-62
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ................................3-61
Dashboard, see instrument cluster .......................................................................3-60
Daytime running light (DRL) ............................................................................3-107
Defogging (Windshield).....................................................................................3-137
Defroster.............................................................................................................3-121
Rear window defroster ..............................................................................3-121
Side view mirror defroster ........................................................................3-121
Defrosting (Windshield).....................................................................................3-137
Dimensions.............................................................................................................8-2
DIS navigation system ...........................................................................................4-4
Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination .....................................3-61
I-5
Index
Displays, see instrument cluster...........................................................................3-60
Door locks ..............................................................................................................3-9
Auto door lock/unlock features...................................................................3-13
Central door lock switch .............................................................................3-11
Child-protector rear door lock ....................................................................3-13
Power door latch .........................................................................................3-10
Drinks holders, see cup holders .........................................................................3-146
Drive mode integrated control system .................................................................5-44
ECO mode ...................................................................................................5-47
INDIVIDUAL mode ...................................................................................5-48
SMART mode .............................................................................................5-45
SPORT mode...............................................................................................5-47
Driver attention alert (DAA)................................................................................5-97
Driver's air bag .....................................................................................................2-59
Driver's knee airbag..............................................................................................2-59
Driving at night ..................................................................................................5-103
Driving in flooded areas.....................................................................................5-104
Driving in the rain ..............................................................................................5-103
Dynamic bending light.......................................................................................3-107
Dynamic stability damping control (DSDC) .......................................................5-43
E
Easy access function ............................................................................................3-16
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)............................................................................3-20
Electronic control suspension (ECS) ...................................................................5-43
Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...........................................................................5-26
Electronic stability control (ESC) ........................................................................5-37
Emergency locking retractor (ELR).....................................................................2-34
Emergency towing................................................................................................6-25
Emission control system ......................................................................................7-83
Crankcase emission control system ............................................................7-83
Evaporative emission control System .........................................................7-83
Exhaust emission control system ................................................................7-84
Engine compartment .......................................................................................1-7, 7-3
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ......................................................7-55
Engine coolant......................................................................................................7-24
Engine coolant temperature guage .......................................................................3-62
Engine number .......................................................................................................8-9
Engine oil .............................................................................................................7-22
Engine specification ...............................................................................................8-2
I-6
I
Engine Start/Stop button ........................................................................................5-7
Evaporative emission control System ..................................................................7-83
Exhaust emission control system .........................................................................7-84
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......................................................7-19
Exterior care .........................................................................................................7-81
Exterior overview
Front view .....................................................................................................1-2
Rear view ......................................................................................................1-3
F
Flat tire
Jack and tools ..............................................................................................6-16
Jack label .....................................................................................................6-22
Use of compact spare tires ..........................................................................6-20
Floor mat anchor(s) ............................................................................................3-151
Fluid
Brake fluid...................................................................................................7-27
Washer fluid ................................................................................................7-28
Front seat adjustment ....................................................................................2-8
Adjusting the height up and down ..............................................................2-24
Easy access switch ......................................................................................2-13
Forward and rearward adjustment...............................................................2-10
Lumbar support ...........................................................................................2-12
Reclining seatback.......................................................................................2-11
Removal/Reinstall .......................................................................................2-25
Seat bolster adjustment ...............................................................................2-13
Seat cushion height and tilt .........................................................................2-12
Seat cushion length adjustment...................................................................2-10
Front seat head restraints ............................................................................2-24
Seat shoulder adjustment ............................................................................2-13
Seatback angle.............................................................................................2-11
Seatback pocket...........................................................................................2-14
Front wiper deicer ..............................................................................................3-121
Fuel filler door......................................................................................................3-57
Emergency fuel filler door release ..............................................................3-59
Fuel gauge ............................................................................................................3-62
Fuel requirements...................................................................................................F-7
Fuse switch...........................................................................................................7-54
I-7
Index
Fuses.....................................................................................................................7-53
Blade type fuse............................................................................................7-57
Cartridge type fuse ......................................................................................7-57
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement .............................................7-55
Fuse switch..................................................................................................7-54
Fuse/relay panel description........................................................................7-58
Instrument panel fuse replacement .............................................................7-54
Main fuse.....................................................................................................7-56
Multi fuse ....................................................................................................7-56
G
Gauges and meters ...............................................................................................3-61
Genesis adaptive control suspension....................................................................5-43
Glove box ...........................................................................................................3-143
Glove box lamp ..................................................................................................3-110
Gross vehicle weight ..............................................................................................8-5
H
Hazard warning flasher ..........................................................................................6-2
Hazardous driving conditions ............................................................................5-102
Head restraints......................................................................................................2-23
Front seat head restraints ............................................................................2-24
Rear seat head restraints..............................................................................2-26
Headlamp delay function ...................................................................................3-106
Headlight bulb replacement .................................................................................7-71
Head-up display....................................................................................................3-98
Heated steering wheel ..........................................................................................3-48
Heater .................................................................................................................3-122
High beam operation ..........................................................................................3-102
Highway driving.................................................................................................5-104
Hill-start assist control (HAC) .............................................................................5-41
HomeLink® system ..............................................................................................3-20
Hood .....................................................................................................................3-47
Horn .....................................................................................................................3-19
How to use this manual..........................................................................................F-6
I-8
I
I
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..............................................6-4
If the engine overheats ...........................................................................................6-8
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........................................................6-3
If the engine stalls while driving............................................................................6-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start ................................................6-4
If the engine will not start ......................................................................................6-4
If you have a flat tire............................................................................................6-16
If you have a flat tire while driving .......................................................................6-3
Impact sensing door unlock .................................................................................3-13
Important safety precautions ..................................................................................2-3
Air bag hazards .............................................................................................2-3
Always wear your seat belt ...........................................................................2-3
Control your speed ........................................................................................2-4
Driver distraction ..........................................................................................2-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition .............................................................2-4
Restrain all children ......................................................................................2-3
In case of emergency while driving .......................................................................6-3
Indicator light .......................................................................................................3-65
Inside rearview mirror..........................................................................................3-20
Instrument cluster.................................................................................................3-60
Instrument panel illumination .....................................................................3-61
Gauges and meters ......................................................................................3-61
LCD display control....................................................................................3-86
LCD display messages ................................................................................3-75
LCD modes .................................................................................................3-87
Transmission shift indicator ........................................................................3-64
Trip computer ..............................................................................................3-95
User settings mode ......................................................................................3-90
Warning and indicator lights .......................................................................3-65
Instrument panel fuse replacement ......................................................................7-54
Instrument panel overview.....................................................................................1-5
Interior care ..........................................................................................................7-80
I-9
Index
Interior features
Bag hanger ................................................................................................3-151
Bottle holder..............................................................................................3-146
Clock .........................................................................................................3-149
Clothes hanger...........................................................................................3-150
Cup holder .................................................................................................3-146
Floor mat anchor(s) ...................................................................................3-151
Luggage net (holder) .................................................................................3-154
Power outlet ..............................................................................................3-148
Rear curtain ...............................................................................................3-152
Rear door window curtain.........................................................................3-153
Rear vanity mirror .....................................................................................3-147
Sunvisor.....................................................................................................3-147
USB charger ..............................................................................................3-149
Interior lamp AUTO cut .....................................................................................3-108
Interior lights ......................................................................................................3-108
Front lamps................................................................................................3-108
Front vanity mirror lamp...........................................................................3-110
Glove box lamp .........................................................................................3-110
Interior lamp AUTO cut............................................................................3-108
Puddle lamp...............................................................................................3-110
Rear lamp ..................................................................................................3-109
Rear vanity mirror lamp ............................................................................3-110
Trunk room lamp.......................................................................................3-109
Interior overview ....................................................................................................1-4
J
Jack and tools .......................................................................................................6-16
Jump starting ..........................................................................................................6-5
L
Label
Refrigerant Label ..........................................................................................8-9
Tire sidewall labeling ..................................................................................7-43
Tire specification and pressure label.............................................................8-8
Vehicle certification label..............................................................................8-8
Lane keeping assist system (LKAS) ....................................................................5-72
Lap/shoulder belt..................................................................................................2-35
I-10
I
LCD display (instrument cluster).........................................................................3-86
Assist mode .................................................................................................3-89
LCD modes .................................................................................................3-87
Trip computer mode ....................................................................................3-88
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode..........................................................................3-88
User settings mode ......................................................................................3-90
LCD display control.............................................................................................3-86
LCD display messages .........................................................................................3-75
LCD modes ..........................................................................................................3-87
Light bulbs............................................................................................................7-71
Lighting ..............................................................................................................3-101
AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) .................................................3-107
Auto light position ....................................................................................3-101
Battery saver function ...............................................................................3-106
Daytime running light (DRL) ...................................................................3-107
Dynamic bending light..............................................................................3-107
Headlamp delay function ..........................................................................3-106
Headlamp position ....................................................................................3-102
High beam operation .................................................................................3-102
Parking lamp position ...............................................................................3-102
Smart high beam .......................................................................................3-103
Turn signals ...............................................................................................3-105
Lubricants and capacities .......................................................................................8-6
Luggage net (holder) ..........................................................................................3-154
Luggage volume.....................................................................................................8-5
M
Main fuse..............................................................................................................7-56
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .............................................7-19
Maintenance services ....................................................................................7-5
Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI).....7-17
Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI).......................7-12
Normal maintenance schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) ..........................7-14
Normal maintenance schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) ..............................................7-9
Owner maintenance.......................................................................................7-6
Scheduled maintenance services ...................................................................7-8
Tire maintenance .........................................................................................7-43
Maintenance services .............................................................................................7-5
I-11
Index
Mirrors..................................................................................................................3-20
Compass ......................................................................................................3-20
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)...................................................................3-20
Folding the side view mirrors .....................................................................3-38
HomeLink® system .....................................................................................3-20
Inside rearview mirror.................................................................................3-20
Reverse parking aid function (side view mirror)........................................3-39
Side view mirror..........................................................................................3-37
Side view mirror control .............................................................................3-38
Moonroof, see sunroof .........................................................................................3-44
Motor-driven power steering (MDPS) .................................................................3-17
Multi fuse .............................................................................................................7-56
Multimedia system .................................................................................................4-2
Antenna .........................................................................................................4-2
Aux, USB and iPod.......................................................................................3-2
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free.................................................4-5
DIS navigation system ..................................................................................4-4
DVD Player ...................................................................................................4-4
Steering wheel audio control.........................................................................4-3
Multi-view camera system .................................................................................3-116
O
Occupant classification system (OCS).................................................................2-68
Odometer ..............................................................................................................3-63
Oil (Engine)..........................................................................................................7-22
Outside temperature gauge...................................................................................3-64
Owner maintenance................................................................................................7-6
P
Paddle shifter (manual mode) ..............................................................................5-15
Parking assist system..........................................................................................3-117
Parking brake........................................................................................................5-26
Passenger's front air bag.......................................................................................2-59
Power brakes ........................................................................................................5-25
Power door latch ..................................................................................................3-10
Power outlet........................................................................................................3-148
Power steering ......................................................................................................3-17
Power window lock switch ..................................................................................3-43
Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)...................................................................................2-41
I-12
I
Pre-tensioner seat belt ..........................................................................................2-38
Puddle lamp ........................................................................................................3-110
R
Range....................................................................................................................3-63
Rear center seatbelt ..............................................................................................2-37
Rear console storage ..........................................................................................3-142
Rear curtain ........................................................................................................3-152
Rear door window curtain..................................................................................3-153
Rear seat adjustment ............................................................................................2-14
Armrest........................................................................................................2-21
Carrying long/narrow cargo ........................................................................2-22
Easy access switch ......................................................................................2-16
Lumbar support ...........................................................................................2-16
Relaxation mode (VIP seat) ........................................................................2-18
Return function (VIP seat) ..........................................................................2-18
RSE indicator (Rear control lock)...............................................................2-20
Seat cushion tilt adjustment ........................................................................2-15
Seat sliding adjustment ...............................................................................2-15
Seatback angle adjustment ..........................................................................2-15
VIP switches for adjusting the front passenger seat ...................................2-17
Rear seat head restraints.......................................................................................2-26
Adjusting the head restraints forward and rearward...................................2-26
Adjusting the height up and down (manual)...............................................2-26
Adjusting the height up and down (power) ................................................2-26
Folding the center head restraint.................................................................2-27
Rear vanity mirror ..............................................................................................3-147
Rear view camera ...............................................................................................3-115
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .........................................................7-38
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...............................................................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................................................8-7
Removable towing hook ......................................................................................6-25
Replacement light bulb ........................................................................................7-71
Reverse parking aid function (side view mirror) .................................................3-39
Rocking the vehicle............................................................................................5-102
Rotation (Tire) ......................................................................................................7-39
I-13
Index
S
Safety messages .....................................................................................................F-6
Scheduled maintenance services ............................................................................7-8
Seat belt warning light .........................................................................................2-33
Seat belts ..............................................................................................................2-32
3-point seatbelt ............................................................................................2-34
Additional seat belt safety precautions .......................................................2-42
Care of seat belts .........................................................................................2-44
Do not lie down...........................................................................................2-44
Height adjustment .......................................................................................2-35
Keep belts clean and dry .............................................................................2-44
Lap/shoulder belt.........................................................................................2-35
One person per belt .....................................................................................2-44
Periodic inspection ......................................................................................2-44
Pre-active seat belt (PSB) ...........................................................................2-41
Pre-tensioner seat belt .................................................................................2-38
Rear center seatbelt .....................................................................................2-37
Seat belt restraint system ............................................................................2-34
Seat belt safety precautions.........................................................................2-32
Seat belt use and children ...........................................................................2-42
Seat belt use during pregnancy ...................................................................2-42
Seat belt warning light ................................................................................2-33
Transporting an injured person ...................................................................2-43
When to replace seat belts...........................................................................2-44
Seat coolers .........................................................................................................2-30
Seat position memory system ..............................................................................3-15
Recalling memory positions........................................................................3-16
Storing memory positions ...........................................................................3-15
Seat warmers .......................................................................................................2-28
Seatback pocket....................................................................................................2-14
Seats .......................................................................................................................2-5
Armrest (rear seat) ......................................................................................2-21
Front seats .....................................................................................................2-8
Head restraints.............................................................................................2-23
Rear seats ....................................................................................................2-14
Safety precautions .........................................................................................2-7
Seat coolers .................................................................................................2-30
Seat warmers ..............................................................................................2-28
Seatback pocket...........................................................................................2-14
I-14
I
Shift lever auto door lock.....................................................................................3-13
Shift lock system ..................................................................................................5-15
Side air bags .........................................................................................................2-61
Side view mirror...................................................................................................3-37
Side view mirror defroster .................................................................................3-121
Smart blind spot detection system .......................................................................5-57
Smart cruise control system .................................................................................5-80
Smart high beam ................................................................................................3-103
Smart key................................................................................................................3-4
Battery replacement ......................................................................................3-8
Mechanical key .............................................................................................3-6
Smooth cornering ...............................................................................................5-103
Snow tires...........................................................................................................5-105
Spare tire
Compact spare tire replacement..................................................................7-42
Special driving conditions
Driving at night .........................................................................................5-103
Driving in flooded areas............................................................................5-104
Driving in the rain .....................................................................................5-103
Hazardous driving conditions ...................................................................5-102
Highway driving........................................................................................5-104
Rocking the vehicle...................................................................................5-102
Smooth cornering ......................................................................................5-103
Speed sensing door lock.......................................................................................3-13
Speedometer .........................................................................................................3-61
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start.........................................................6-4
Steering wheel ......................................................................................................3-17
Heated steering wheel .................................................................................3-18
Horn.............................................................................................................3-19
Motor-driven power steering (MDPS) ........................................................3-17
Power steering .............................................................................................3-17
Tilt steering / Telescope steering.................................................................3-18
Steering wheel audio control..................................................................................4-3
Storage compartment..........................................................................................3-142
Cellular phone holder................................................................................3-144
Center console storage ..............................................................................3-142
Glove box ..................................................................................................3-143
Rear console storage .................................................................................3-142
Sunglass holder .........................................................................................3-143
Wireless cellular phone charging system..................................................3-144
I-15
Index
Sunglass holder ..................................................................................................3-143
Sunroof .................................................................................................................3-44
Sunroof inside air recirculation..........................................................................3-140
Sunvisor..............................................................................................................3-147
T
Tachometer ...........................................................................................................3-61
Theft-alarm system...............................................................................................3-14
Tilt steering / Telescope steering..........................................................................3-18
Tire chains ..........................................................................................................5-106
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)............................................................6-10
Changing a Tire with TPMS .......................................................................6-14
Low tire pressure LCD display with position indicator .............................6-12
Low tire pressure telltale.............................................................................6-12
TPMS malfunction indicator.......................................................................6-13
Tire rotation ..........................................................................................................7-39
Tire specification and pressure label......................................................................8-8
Tires and wheels...................................................................................................7-37
Checking tire inflation pressure ..................................................................7-39
Compact spare tire replacement..................................................................7-42
Low aspect ratio tires ..................................................................................7-51
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures................................................7-38
Tire care.......................................................................................................7-37
Tire maintenance .........................................................................................7-43
Tire replacement..........................................................................................7-41
Tire rotation.................................................................................................7-39
Tire sidewall labeling ..................................................................................7-43
Tire traction .................................................................................................7-43
Wheel alignment and tire balance...............................................................7-40
Wheel replacement......................................................................................7-42
Tires and wheels specification ...............................................................................8-4
Towing..................................................................................................................6-24
Transmission shift indicator .................................................................................3-64
Trip computer .......................................................................................................3-95
Accumulated Info display ...........................................................................3-97
Digital speedometer ....................................................................................3-97
Driving Info display ....................................................................................3-96
Fuel economy ..............................................................................................3-95
I-16
I
Trunk
Non-powered trunk .....................................................................................3-48
Emergency trunk safety release ..................................................................3-53
Power trunk .................................................................................................3-49
Smart trunk..................................................................................................3-54
Trunk lid control button ..............................................................................3-52
Trunk room lamp................................................................................................3-109
U
USB charger .......................................................................................................3-149
User settings mode ...............................................................................................3-90
V
Vanity mirror lamp (front)..................................................................................3-110
Vanity mirror lamp (rear) ...................................................................................3-110
Vehicle break-in process ......................................................................................F-11
Vehicle certification label.......................................................................................8-8
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders (EDR) .....................................F-12
Vehicle identification number (VIN) .....................................................................8-8
Vehicle load limit ...............................................................................................5-109
Vehicle modifications...........................................................................................F-10
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ..................................................................5-40
W
Warning and indicator lights ................................................................................3-65
Warning light........................................................................................................3-65
Washer fluid .........................................................................................................7-28
Welcome system .................................................................................................3-111
Door handle lamp ......................................................................................3-111
Headlamp and parking lamp .....................................................................3-111
Interior lamp ..............................................................................................3-111
Puddle lamp...............................................................................................3-110
Wheel alignment and tire balance........................................................................7-40
Wheel replacement...............................................................................................7-42
Windows...............................................................................................................3-41
Power window lock switch .........................................................................3-43
I-17
Index
Windshield defrosting and defogging ................................................................3-137
Windshield washers............................................................................................3-114
Windshield wipers ..............................................................................................3-112
Winter driving ....................................................................................................5-105
Snow tires..................................................................................................5-105
Tire chains .................................................................................................5-106
Wiper blades replacement ....................................................................................7-31
Wipers and washers............................................................................................3-112
Windshield washers...................................................................................3-114
Windshield wipers .....................................................................................3-112
Wireless cellular phone charging system ...........................................................3-144
I-18
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new Genesis Branded Vehicle
are found in Chapter 7. As the owner, it is your responsibility to see that
all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out
at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving
conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.
Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also
included in Chapter 7.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain
with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
OWNER'S INFORMATION
ORIGINAL OWNER _________________________________________
ADDRESS
CITY______________ STATE ____________ ZIP CODE____________
DELIVERY DATE
(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
DEALER NAME ____________ DEALER NO. ____________________
ADDRESS ________________________________________________
CITY______________ STATE ____________ ZIP CODE____________